You are on page 1of 310

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R

V900R008C15

BSC Hardware Description


Issue

01

Date

2010-01-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2010. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions


and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address:

Huawei Industrial Base


Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

About This Document

About This Document


Purpose
This document describes the hardware components of the BSC. It provides the users with a
detailed and comprehensive reference to the Huawei BSC.

Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.
Product Name

Product Model

Product Version

BSC

BSC6000

V900R008C15

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l

BSC installers

BSC site maintenance personnel

Organization
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description
This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.
2 BSC Physical Structure
This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,
and alarm box.
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes
The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and
A over IP.
4 BSC Cabinet
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Organization

The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with
IEC60297 and IEEE standards.
5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GBAM.
6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GOMU.
7 GBSR Cabinet
The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,
depending on traffic volume.
8 BSC Subracks
This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into
an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing
subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack
(GTCS).
9 BSC Boards
This describes the boards in the BSC.
10 BSC Cables
This describes the cables of the BSC.
11 LEDs on BSC Parts
This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts
This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.

Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol

Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not
avoided,will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided,could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.

iv

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Symbol

Organization

Description
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement
important points of the main text.

General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention

Description

Times New Roman

Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface

Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in


boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic

Book titles are in italics.

Courier New

Examples of information displayed on the screen are in


Courier New.

Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Organization

Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles


are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"


signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Format

Description

Key

Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2

Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt


+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2

Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means


the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

vi

Action

Description

Click

Select and release the primary mouse button without moving


the pointer.

Double-click

Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and


quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag

Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Contents

Contents
About This Document...................................................................................................................iii
1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description................................................................................1-1
2 BSC Physical Structure..............................................................................................................2-1
3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes....................................................................................3-1
4 BSC Cabinet................................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet......................................................................................................................4-2
4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................................................5-1


5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A).......................................................................................5-3
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box..........................................................................................................5-6
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................................5-7
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box..............................................5-8
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box.....................................................................5-8
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...............................................5-9
5.3 Air Defence Subrack.....................................................................................................................................5-10
5.4 KVM..............................................................................................................................................................5-11
5.5 LAN Switch...................................................................................................................................................5-12
5.6 Cabling Frame...............................................................................................................................................5-14
5.7 GBAM...........................................................................................................................................................5-15
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM.......................................................................................................................5-15
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)..........................................................................................5-15
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210).....................................................................................................5-19
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)............................................................................................5-21
5.8 Rear Cable Trough........................................................................................................................................5-25
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A).....................................................................................5-25
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)..............................................5-25
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)...................5-26
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A).................................................5-30
5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)................................................................5-36

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)................................................................................................6-1


6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)........................................................................................6-2
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box.................................................................................................................6-5


6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................................6-6
6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-6
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box...........................................................................6-7
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box.....................................................6-8
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B).............................................................................6-9
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B).................................................6-9
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)...................6-11
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................6-15
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)..................................................................6-19

7 GBSR Cabinet.............................................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Components of the GBSR...............................................................................................................................7-2
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR.....................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR..................................................................................7-6
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR............................................................7-7
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR.........................................................................................7-12
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-15

8 BSC Subracks..............................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack....................................................................................................................8-2
8.2 BSC Fan Box...................................................................................................................................................8-4
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU).............................................................................................................8-5
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB).............................................................................................................8-7
8.3 BSC Slots........................................................................................................................................................8-9
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................................8-10
8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack................................................................................................................8-12
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)..........................................................................8-12
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)..........................................................................8-16
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS..................................................................................................................8-19
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS..................................................................................................................8-23
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack...............................................................................................8-24

9 BSC Boards..................................................................................................................................9-1
9.1 GEIUA............................................................................................................................................................9-6
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA........................................................................................................................9-6
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.......................................................................................9-6
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel...................................................................9-7
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel...................................................................9-8
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)...............................................................9-9
9.2 GEIUB...........................................................................................................................................................9-11
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB.......................................................................................................................9-12
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-12
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-13
viii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Contents

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-14


9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-15
9.3 GEIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-17
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP.......................................................................................................................9-18
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-18
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-19
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-20
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-21
9.4 GEIUT...........................................................................................................................................................9-23
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT.......................................................................................................................9-24
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-24
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel.................................................................9-25
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel.................................................................9-26
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa).............................................................9-27
9.5 GGCU............................................................................................................................................................9-29
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU........................................................................................................................9-29
9.5.2 GGCU Panel.........................................................................................................................................9-30
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-30
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel.....................................................................................................................9-31
9.6 GOIUA..........................................................................................................................................................9-32
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA......................................................................................................................9-32
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-32
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-33
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-34
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-35
9.7 GOIUB..........................................................................................................................................................9-35
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB......................................................................................................................9-36
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-36
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-37
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-38
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-39
9.8 GOIUP...........................................................................................................................................................9-39
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP.......................................................................................................................9-40
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-40
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-41
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-42
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-43
9.9 GOIUT..........................................................................................................................................................9-43
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT......................................................................................................................9-44
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................................9-44
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel..............................................................9-45
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...............................................................9-46
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)..........................................9-47

9.10 GOMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-47
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU.....................................................................................................................9-48
9.10.2 GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................................9-48
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel.................................................................................................................9-49
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel..................................................................................................................9-50
9.11 GSCU..........................................................................................................................................................9-50
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU......................................................................................................................9-51
9.11.2 GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-51
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel..................................................................................................................9-52
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel...................................................................................................................9-53
9.12 GTNU..........................................................................................................................................................9-53
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU......................................................................................................................9-53
9.12.2 GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................................9-54
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel..................................................................................................................9-54
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel...................................................................................................................9-55
9.13 GXPUM......................................................................................................................................................9-55
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM..................................................................................................................9-56
9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-56
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-57
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-58
9.14 GXPUT........................................................................................................................................................9-58
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT....................................................................................................................9-59
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-59
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-60
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-60
9.15 GXPUI.........................................................................................................................................................9-61
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI.....................................................................................................................9-61
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................................9-61
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel......................................................................9-62
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel.......................................................................9-63
9.16 GFGUA.......................................................................................................................................................9-63
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA...................................................................................................................9-64
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-64
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-65
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-66
9.17 GFGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-67
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB...................................................................................................................9-67
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-68
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-68
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-69
9.18 GFGUG.......................................................................................................................................................9-70
x

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Contents

9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG...................................................................................................................9-71


9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...........................................................................................9-71
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel......................................................................9-72
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel.......................................................................9-73
9.19 GOGUA......................................................................................................................................................9-73
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA..................................................................................................................9-74
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-74
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-75
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-76
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-76
9.20 GOGUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-77
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB...................................................................................................................9-77
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.......................................................................................................9-78
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel..................................................................................9-78
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel...................................................................................9-79
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)..............................................................9-79
9.21 GEHUB.......................................................................................................................................................9-80
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB...................................................................................................................9-81
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-81
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-82
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-82
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-83
9.22 GEPUG........................................................................................................................................................9-86
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG....................................................................................................................9-86
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..........................................................................................................9-86
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel.....................................................................................9-87
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel......................................................................................9-88
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)..................................................................................9-89
9.23 GDPUC.......................................................................................................................................................9-91
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa).......................................................................................................9-91
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel........................................................................................................................9-91
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel...................................................................................................9-92
9.24 GDPUX.......................................................................................................................................................9-93
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc).......................................................................................................9-93
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel........................................................................................................................9-94
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel...................................................................................................9-94
9.25 GDPUP........................................................................................................................................................9-95
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd).......................................................................................................9-95
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel........................................................................................................................9-95
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel...................................................................................................9-96
9.26 MDMC........................................................................................................................................................9-97
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC....................................................................................................................9-97
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

Contents

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description
9.26.2 MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................................9-97
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel................................................................................................................9-98
9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC.................................................................................................................9-99

9.27 PAMU.........................................................................................................................................................9-99
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU...................................................................................................................9-100
9.27.2 PAMU Panel....................................................................................................................................9-100
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel...............................................................................................................9-101
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU................................................................................................................9-101
9.28 PFCU.........................................................................................................................................................9-102
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU.....................................................................................................................9-102
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU.................................................................................................................9-102
9.29 PFCB.........................................................................................................................................................9-103
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB.....................................................................................................................9-103
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB ................................................................................................................9-104
9.30 WOPB.......................................................................................................................................................9-105
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB...................................................................................................................9-105

10 BSC Cables.............................................................................................................................. 10-1


10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable......................................................................................................10-4
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable............................................................................................10-7
10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable.....................................................................................................................................10-11
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable...........................................................................10-12
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-14
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable............................................................................10-16
10.7 Crossover Cable........................................................................................................................................10-18
10.8 Straight-Through Cable.............................................................................................................................10-19
10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable..........................................................................................................................10-26
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable............................................................................................................................10-28
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box..................................................................................................................10-30
10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable..................................................................................................................10-32
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable.........................................................................................................10-34
10.14 GOMU serial port cable..........................................................................................................................10-36
10.15 BSC Power Cable....................................................................................................................................10-36
10.16 BSC PGND cable....................................................................................................................................10-39

11 LEDs on BSC Parts.................................................................................................................11-1


11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box...................................................11-3
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box..........................................................11-3
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel............................................................................................................11-4
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel............................................................................................................11-5
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel............................................................................................................11-5
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel..............................................................................................11-6
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel........................................................................11-6
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel...............................................................................11-7
xii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Contents

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel..........................................................................................................................11-8


11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel.........................................................................................11-9
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel...................................................................11-9
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-10
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-11
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel.......................................................................................................................11-12
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel...........................................................................11-13
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel.....................................................................................................................11-13
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel......................................................................................................................11-14

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts..................................................................................................12-1


12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack.............................................................................................................12-2
12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)...........................................................................................12-3
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)....................................................................12-6
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC..........................................................................................................................12-8
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU...........................................................................................................................12-9
12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU..........................................................................................................................12-10

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Figures

Figures
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC.............................................................................................................2-1
Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet....................................................................................................................4-2
Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet...................................................................................................................4-3
Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-4
Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................5-5
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box...................................................................5-7
Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box....................................................................5-9
Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack..........................................................................................................................5-10
Figure 5-6 KVM.................................................................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM...................................................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM....................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-9 LAN switch.......................................................................................................................................5-12
Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch.......................................................................................................5-13
Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch........................................................................................................5-14
Figure 5-12 Cabling frame.................................................................................................................................5-15
Figure 5-13 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-18
Figure 5-16 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-19
Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-19
Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-21
Figure 5-19 GBAM............................................................................................................................................5-22
Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM...............................................................................................................5-22
Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM................................................................................................................5-24
Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough............................................................................................................................5-25
Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR...........................................................................5-26
Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)..............................5-27
Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)...................5-29
Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)...........................................................5-31
Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)..................................................5-32
Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-3
Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR.........................................................................................................6-4
Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.........................................................................6-6
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Figures

Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..........................................................................6-7


Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)....................................................................... 6-10
Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)....................................................................... 6-11
Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)...................................................6-12
Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)...................................................6-14
Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................6-16
Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR.........................................................................................................7-3
Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR..........................................................................................................7-4
Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)..........................................................................7-6
Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)..........................................................................7-7
Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1).....................................................7-9
Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)...................................................7-11
Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................7-13
Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack.............................................................................................................8-3
Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)..........................................................................................................8-5
Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)..........................................................................................................8-7
Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack.................................................................................................8-10
Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack....................................................................................................... 8-10
Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)..............................................................................................................8-13
Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)..............................................................................................................8-13
Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)..............................................................................................................8-14
Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)..............................................................................................................8-14
Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-15
Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-15
Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)............................................................................................................8-16
Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)............................................................................................................8-17
Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)............................................................................................................8-17
Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)............................................................................................................8-18
Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)............................................................................................................8-18
Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)............................................................................................................8-19
Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1).............................................................................................................8-20
Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2).............................................................................................................8-20
Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3).............................................................................................................8-21
Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4).............................................................................................................8-21
Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5).............................................................................................................8-22
Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6).............................................................................................................8-22
Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1).............................................................................................................8-23
Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2).............................................................................................................8-24
Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel...............................................................................................9-7
Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.................................................9-9
Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-13
Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-15
xvi

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Figures

Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-19


Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-21
Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.............................................................................................9-25
Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT...............................................9-27
Figure 9-9 GGCU panel.....................................................................................................................................9-30
Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-33
Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-37
Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-41
Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.........................................................................................9-45
Figure 9-14 GOMU panel..................................................................................................................................9-48
Figure 9-15 GSCU panel....................................................................................................................................9-51
Figure 9-16 GTNU panel...................................................................................................................................9-54
Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-57
Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-59
Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel....................................................................................................9-62
Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-65
Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-68
Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel...................................................................................................9-71
Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-75
Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel.................................................................................................................9-78
Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-81
Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-84
Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel..................................................................................................................9-87
Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................9-89
Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel.................................................................................................................................9-92
Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel.................................................................................................................................9-94
Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel.................................................................................................................................9-96
Figure 9-32 MDMC panel..................................................................................................................................9-98
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................9-99
Figure 9-34 PAMU panel.................................................................................................................................9-100
Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU.............................................................................................................9-101
Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................9-103
Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB.............................................................................................................9-104
Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.............................................................................................10-4
Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable...................................................10-7
Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable...................................................................................10-8
Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.......................................10-11
Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable.........................................................................................................................10-11
Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable..............................................................................10-12
Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-13
Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.......................10-14
Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable..................................................................10-15
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvii

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Figures

Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-16


Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable................................................................10-17
Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.....................10-18
Figure 10-13 Crossover cable...........................................................................................................................10-19
Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable................................................................................................................10-20
Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM.....................................................................10-21
Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch...............................................................10-22
Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)....................................................10-22
Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer..........................................10-23
Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC...................................................................10-23
Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs....................................10-24
Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer.................................................10-25
Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC........................................................................10-26
Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable........................................................................................................10-27
Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable................................................................................................10-27
Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable...................................................................10-28
Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable..................................................................................................................10-29
Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.......................................................................10-30
Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable...............................................................................................................10-31
Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box...........................................................10-31
Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable......................................................................................................10-32
Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.........................................................10-33
Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable......................................................................................................10-34
Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the cabinet............10-35
Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................................10-36
Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-38
Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable.............................................................................................10-39
Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable.......................................................................................................................10-41
Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack.....................................................................................................12-2
Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG...........................................................................................12-4
Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.............................................12-6
Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC..............................................................................................................12-8
Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU...............................................................................................................12-9
Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU..............................................................................................................12-10

xviii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Tables

Tables
Table 2-1 Components of the BSC.......................................................................................................................2-2
Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes....................................................................................................3-1
Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR...........................................................................................................5-6
Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box................................................5-8
Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box...............................................................5-9
Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch......................................................................................5-13
Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-16
Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-18
Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-19
Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.......................................................................................5-21
Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-22
Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.....................................................................................5-24
Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR.............................................................................5-26
Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-28
Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.................................................................................5-30
Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR...............................................................................................................5-33
Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR.............................................................................................5-36
Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 5-37
Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR..........................................................................................................6-5
Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-7
Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box......................................................6-8
Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1).........................................................6-10
Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2).........................................................6-11
Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)............................................................................. 6-13
Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)............................................................................. 6-14
Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR.................................................................................................................6-17
Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR...............................................................................................6-20
Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR............................................................................................. 6-20
Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR...........................................................................................................7-5
Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)...........................................................7-6
Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)...........................................................7-7
Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)..............................................................................7-10
Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)..............................................................................7-12
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xix

Tables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR.................................................................................................................7-14
Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR...............................................................................................7-15
Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR................................................................................................7-16
Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack.........................................................................................................8-4
Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU).........................................................................................8-5
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)...........................................................8-6
Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB).........................................................................................8-8
Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)...........................................................8-9
Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits.................................................................................................................8-11
Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches................................................................................................................8-12
Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS...............................................................................................8-24
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS................................................................................................8-25
Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS..............................................................................................8-25
Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC................................................................................................................................9-1
Table 9-2 LEDs on the board...............................................................................................................................9-7
Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel............................................................................9-8
Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-10
Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-11
Table 9-6 LEDs on the board.............................................................................................................................9-13
Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel..........................................................................9-14
Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.......................................................................9-16
Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits...................................................................................................9-17
Table 9-10 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-19
Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-20
Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-22
Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-23
Table 9-14 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-25
Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel........................................................................9-26
Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................9-28
Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................9-29
Table 9-18 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-31
Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel.................................................................................................................9-31
Table 9-20 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-33
Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-34
Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-35
Table 9-23 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-37
Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-38
Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-39
Table 9-26 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-41
Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-42
Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-43
Table 9-29 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................9-45

xx

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Tables

Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel......................................................................9-46


Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT..................................................9-47
Table 9-32 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-49
Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel................................................................................................................9-50
Table 9-34 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-52
Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-52
Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel................................................................................................................. 9-53
Table 9-37 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-55
Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel.................................................................................................................9-55
Table 9-39 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-57
Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-58
Table 9-41 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-60
Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-60
Table 9-43 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-62
Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel..................................................................................9-63
Table 9-45 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-65
Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-66
Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-66
Table 9-48 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-69
Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-69
Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-70
Table 9-51 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-72
Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................9-72
Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.................................................................................9-73
Table 9-54 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-75
Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-76
Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-76
Table 9-57 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-79
Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel..............................................................................................9-79
Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB......................................................................... 9-80
Table 9-60 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-82
Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-82
Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-84
Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-85
Table 9-64 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-87
Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel................................................................................................9-88
Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................9-90
Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................9-90
Table 9-68 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-92
Table 9-69 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-94
Table 9-70 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-96
Table 9-71 LEDs on the board........................................................................................................................... 9-98
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xxi

Tables

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description
Table 9-72 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................9-99
Table 9-73 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................9-101
Table 9-74 Settings of SW1..............................................................................................................................9-102
Table 9-75 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................9-103
Table 9-76 Setting of the pins...........................................................................................................................9-104
Table 10-1 List of BSC cables............................................................................................................................10-1
Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..........................10-5
Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media.......................................................................10-5
Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............................10-6
Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ..............10-8
Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable.......................................................................................10-9
Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector ............................10-10
Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable.........................................................................................10-19
Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable..............................................................................10-20
Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable................................................................................................10-31
Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-32
Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.....................................................................................10-33
Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable.....................................................................................10-34
Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable.............................................................................................10-36
Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-37
Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-37
Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables.........................................................................................10-38
Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables..........................................................................................10-38
Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables......................................................................................................10-40
Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box............................................11-3
Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box..................................................11-3
Table 11-3 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-4
Table 11-4 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5
Table 11-5 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-5
Table 11-6 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-6
Table 11-7 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7
Table 11-8 LEDs on the board...........................................................................................................................11-7
Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...............................................................................................................11-8
Table 11-10 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-8
Table 11-11 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9
Table 11-12 LEDs on the board.........................................................................................................................11-9
Table 11-13 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-10
Table 11-14 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-11
Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports...........................................................................................................11-12
Table 11-16 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-12
Table 11-17 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13
Table 11-18 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-13

xxii

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Tables

Table 11-19 LEDs on the board.......................................................................................................................11-14


Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits...............................................................................................................12-2
Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches..............................................................................................................12-3
Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)............................................................12-4
Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)...................................................12-5
Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.....................................................................12-7
Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits.................................................................................................12-8
Table 12-7 Setting of S2.....................................................................................................................................12-9
Table 12-8 Settings of SW1................................................................................................................................12-9
Table 12-9 Settings of S1.................................................................................................................................12-10

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xxiii

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

1 Changes in BSC Hardware Description

Changes in BSC Hardware Description


This provides the changes of the BSC Hardware Description.

01(2010-01-30) of V900R008C15
This is the initial commercial release.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

2 BSC Physical Structure

BSC Physical Structure

This describes the physical structure of the BSC, including the cabinet, cables, LMT computers,
and alarm box.
Figure 2-1 shows the physical structure of the BSC.
Figure 2-1 Physical structure of the BSC
OM equipment room

Alarm box

Equipment room
Optical cable to other NEs
Trunk cable to other NEs
Ethernet cable to other NEs
PGND cable to the PDF
Power cable to the PDF

Ethernet
cable

Serial port
cable

LMT

LMT

Ethernet
cable

GBCR

GBSR

GBSR

LMT: Local Maintenance Terminal

PDF: Power Distribution Frame

Table 2-1 lists the components of the BSC.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

2 BSC Physical Structure

Table 2-1 Components of the BSC

2-2

Component

Introduction

Refer to...

GSM BSC control


processing rack (GBCR)

The GBCR provides


switching and processes
services for the BSC. One
GBCR is configured in a
BSC.

For details, refer to 5 GBCR


(Configuration Type A) and 6
GBCR (Configuration Type B).

GSM BSC service


processing rack (GBSR)

The GBSR processes


various services for the
BSC. The number of
GBSRs to be configured
depends on the traffic
volume. Zero to three
GBSRs can be
configured.

7 GBSR Cabinet

BSC Cables

BSC cables are classified


into the Ethernet cables,
optical cables, and E1/T1
cables. The number of
BSC cables to be
configured depends on
actual requirements.

10 BSC Cables

BSC LMT

The LMT is a computer


that is installed with the
LMT software package
and is connected to the
OM network of the NEs.
It is optional for the BSC.

LMT-Related Definitions

Alarm box

The alarm box can


generate audible and
visual alarms. It is
optional for the BSC.

User manual delivered with the


alarm box

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

The BSC has three hardware configuration modes: BM/TC separated, BM/TC combined, and
A over IP.
Table 3-1 describes the three BSC hardware configuration modes.
Table 3-1 BSC hardware configuration modes
Descripti
on

Cabinet

Subrack

Boards

BM/TC
separated
(built-in
PCU)

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GTCS

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GDPUP

GEPUG/GFGUG

GEIUA/GOIUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/

Cable
l

GEIUT/GOIUT
l

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Straight-through
Ethernet cable
Optical cable
LC/PC-LC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC-FC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable
LC/PC-SC/PCsingle-mode/multimode optical cable
E1/T1 cable
Active/standby 75ohm coaxial cable

GEHUB
l

Clock cable
BITS clock signal
cable
Y-shaped clock
cable
Ethernet cable
Crossover cable

3-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

Descripti
on

Cabinet

Subrack

Boards

BM/TC
separated
(external
PCU)

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GTCS

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GEIUA/GOIUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/

Cable
Active/standby 120ohm twisted pair
cable
Inter-GTNU cable

l
l
l
l
l

Signal cable of the


alarm box
PDB monitoring signal
cable
EMU RS485
communication cable
GOMU serial port
cable

GEHUB

BM/TC
combined
(built-in
PCU)

GEIUT/GOIUT

GEIUP/GOIUP

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GDPUP

GEPUG/GFGUG

GEIUA/GOIUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB

3-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

Descripti
on

Cabinet

Subrack

Boards

BM/TC
combined
(external
PCU)

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GEIUA/GOIUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/

Cable

GEHUB

A over IP
(built-in
PCU)

GEIUP/GOIUP

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GDPUP

GEPUG/GFGUG

GFGUA/GOGUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/
GEHUB

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

3 BSC Hardware Configuration Modes

Descripti
on

Cabinet

Subrack

Boards

A over IP
(external
PCU)

GBCR

GMPS

GXPUM

GBSR

GEPS

GXPUT

GXPUI

GTNU

GSCU

GGCU

GOMU

GDPUX

GFGUA/GOGUA

GEIUB/GOIUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB/

Cable

GEHUB
l

3-4

GEIUP/GOIUP

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

4 BSC Cabinet

BSC Cabinet

About This Chapter


The BSC uses the Huawei N68E-22 cabinet. The cabinet is designed in compliance with
IEC60297 and IEEE standards.
4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet
The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800
mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet
Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

4 BSC Cabinet

4.1 Appearance of the BSC Cabinet


The dimensions of the BSC cabinet are as follows: 2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800
mm (depth). The BSC cabinets are classified into single-door cabinets and double-door cabinets.
Figure 4-1 shows a single-door BSC cabinet. Figure 4-2 shows a double-door BSC cabinet.
Figure 4-1 Single-door BSC cabinet

4-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

4 BSC Cabinet

Figure 4-2 Double-door BSC cabinet

4.2 Classification of the BSC Cabinet


Based on functions, the BSC cabinets are classified into the GBCR and the GBSR.

GBCR
The GBCR processes primary services and provides OM for the BSC. One GBCR is configured
in a BSC.
Based on the hardware configuration, the GBCR is classified into configuration type A and
configuration type B.
l

In configuration type A, the GBCR is configured with the GBAM. For details, refer to 5
GBCR (Configuration Type A).

In configuration type B, the GBCR is configured with the GOMU. For details, refer to 6
GBCR (Configuration Type B).

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4-3

4 BSC Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

GBSR
The GBSR processes various services for the BSC. The number of GBSRs to be configured
depends on the traffic volume. Zero to three GBSRs can be configured. For details, refer to 7
GBSR Cabinet.

4-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

GBCR (Configuration Type A)

About This Chapter


This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GBAM.
5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
5.3 Air Defence Subrack
The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting
the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U
high.
5.4 KVM
The KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.
It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCR
is in configuration type A.
5.5 LAN Switch
The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
5.6 Cabling Frame
The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
5.7 GBAM
There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The
GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.8 Rear Cable Trough
The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into
the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each
rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)
The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-1

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)


The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.

5-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type A)


This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type A,
the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subrack, KVM, LAN switch, cabling frame, GBAM, and rear cable trough.

Outer Components of the GBCR


Figure 5-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-1 Outer components of the GBCR

2
1

(1) Rack

5-4

(2) Side door

(3) Front and back doors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Inner Components of the GBCR


Figure 5-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.
Figure 5-2 Inner components of the GBCR

10

10
5

5
1
1
1

4
3
1
1
2

Rear view

Front view

(1) Filler panel (2) GBAM

(3) Cabling frame

(6) Subrack

(8) Power distribution box (9) Cable rack in the (10) Rear cable
cabinet
trough

(7) Air defence


subrack

(4) LAN switch

(5) KVM

Table 5-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.


Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Table 5-1 Inner components of the GBCR


Component

Description

Refer to...

Power distribution box

One (mandatory)

BSC Common Power


Distribution Box

Subrack

One mandatory GMPS,


and one optional GEPS or
GTCS

BSC Subracks

Air defence subrack

When the cabinet is


configured with two
subracks, one air defence
subrack should be
configured.

Air Defence Subrack

KVM

One (optional)

KVM

LAN switch

One (mandatory)

LAN Switch

Cabling frame

One (mandatory)

Cabling Frame

GBAM

One (mandatory)

GBAM

Rear cable trough

Each subrack should be


configured with one rear
cable trough.

Rear Cable Trough

NOTE

In configuration type A, the GBCR should be configured with the BSC common power distribution box.

5.2 BSC Common Power Distribution Box


Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
The BSC common power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrent
protection for two -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the
functional modules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs.)
The power distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generates
audible and visual alarms when faults occur.
5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of
the MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of the
overvoltage protection board.
5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
5-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and the
port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.
5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications
and output specifications.

5.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box


The components on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are the panel of
the MDMC, label for power distribution switches, power distribution switches, and panel of the
overvoltage protection board.
Figure 5-3 shows the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
1

2
3

RUN
ALM

ON
OFF

-48V2, 70 A

-48V1, 70 A

SW1

MONITOR

ALARM

SW2 SW3

SW4 SW5 SW6

(1) Panel of the MDMC

(2) RUN LED

(3) ALM LED

(5) Label for power


distribution switches

(6) Power distribution


switches

(7) Panel of the overvoltage


protection board

(4) Mute switch

NOTE

For details on the MDMC and the overvoltage protection board, refer to 9.26 MDMC and 9.30 WOPB.

CAUTION
l

When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches, you can refer to the label
for power distribution switches.

To disassemble a device, switch off the device, and then disconnect the power cable from
the device.

You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting the
mute switch.
l

If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it
detects a fault.

If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm
when it detects a fault.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power


Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
Table 5-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 5-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The MDMC is operating and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The MDMC is not operating or not


communicating with the GSCU.

Off

There is no power supply to the MDMC


or the power distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

The power distribution box is faulty. The


ALM LED, however, is always on during
the MDMC self-test. It is an indication
that the ALM LED is functional.

ALM

Red

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.

5.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box


This describes the components on the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
These components are the power input terminal block, the power output terminal block, and the
port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack.
Figure 5-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box.

5-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-4 Rear panel of the BSC common power distribution box
RTN

RTN -48V2 -48V1


-48V1

RTN

-48V1 RTN

-48V1

RTN

-48V2 RTN -48V2

RTN

-48V2

RTN

-48V IN

OR
NIT
MO TS
POR

-48V OUT

(1) Power input terminal block (2) Power output terminal block (3) Port used to connect the power
distribution box to a service subrack

NOTE

Figure 5-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.

The port for connecting a service subrack is connected to the lowest service subrack in the cabinet
through the monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box.

The wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable and RTN power cable are labeled -48V and RTN
on the power input terminal block and power output terminal block.

5.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC Common Power


Distribution Box
The technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box consist of the input specifications
and output specifications.
Table 5-3 describes the technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box.
Table 5-3 Technical specifications of the BSC power distribution box
Item

Sub Item

Specification

Input specifications

Rated input voltage

-48 V DC

Input voltage

-40 V DC to -57 V DC

Input mode

Two -48 V DC inputs

Maximum input current

Two inputs, each of which


has a maximum input current
of 100 A

Rated output voltage

-48 V DC

Output specifications
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Item

Sub Item

Specification

Output voltage

-40 V DC to -57 V DC

Independent output

Six groups of independent


power output: Each group
consists of one -48 V output
and one RTN output. The
output of current is
controlled by a switch, which
performs short-circuiting
functions. When the total
current of the six groups of
power output is smaller than
100 A, the maximum current
of each power output is 70 A.

Output protection
specifications

The current at the


overcurrent protection point
is 87.5 A. You need to restore
the default value manually.

Rated output power

4,800 W in hot backup mode

5.3 Air Defence Subrack


The air defence subrack is installed between two service subracks. It shields hot air from affecting
the service subracks and forms a straight-through air channel. The air defence subrack is 1 U
high.

Appearance
Figure 5-5 shows the air defence subrack.
Figure 5-5 Air defence subrack

Dimensions
The dimensions of the air defence subrack are 44.45 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 476.1 mm
(depth).
5-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5.4 KVM
The KVM is an integrated device, which consists of a keyboard, an LCD display, and a mouse.
It serves as the operating platform for the GBAM. The KVM can be configured when the GBCR
is in configuration type A.

Appearance
Figure 5-6 shows the KVM.
Figure 5-6 KVM

Front Panel
Figure 5-7 shows the front panel of the KVM.
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the KVM

(1) Handle

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

(2) KVM switch

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Rear Panel
Figure 5-8 shows the rear panel of the KVM.
Figure 5-8 Rear panel of the KVM
1

(1) Grounding bolt

(2) DC power input socket

3. Power switch

(4) Cable connectors for the KVM

NOTE

To push the KVM completely into the cabinet, use your index fingers to press and hold the white button
on both sides of the KVM, and then push the KVM into the cabinet while sliding the buttons outwards.
When you feel resisting force, release the buttons.

5.5 LAN Switch


The LAN switch is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC should be configured with one LAN switch.
The LAN switch provides 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex Ethernet ports for the BSC. The LMT
computer accesses the BSC through the LAN switch. The BSC also accesses the M2000 through
the LAN switch.

Appearance of the LAN Switch


The LAN switch used in the BSC is the Quidway S3026C.
Figure 5-9 shows the LAN switch.
Figure 5-9 LAN switch

5-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Front Panel of the LAN Switch


The components on the front panel of the LAN switch are the mode switch button, configuration
ports, and LEDs, and Ethernet ports.
Figure 5-10 shows the front panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-10 Front panel of the LAN switch
2
4

1
3

Quidway S3500 Series

(1) Power LED

(2) A/L LED

(3) D/S LED

(4) MODE switch button

(5) 10M/100M adaptive full-duplex BASE-TX Ethernet ports

(6) Configuration port (CONSOLE)

NOTE

You can configure the LAN switch through the configuration port to meet the BSC requirements.

You can change the status indicated by the LEDs of the 10M/100M BASE-TX Ethernet ports by
setting the MODE switch button of the LAN switch.

LEDs on the Front Panel of the LAN Switch


The LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch consist of the power LED, A/L LEDs, and D/
S LEDs.
Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch.
Table 5-4 LEDs on the front panel of the LAN switch
LED

Colo
r

POWER

A/L

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Status

Meaning

Gree
n

On

The power supply to the LAN switch is


normal.

Off

The LAN switch is not powered on.

Yello
w (on
the
left)

On
(blinking
)

The port is active and there is data flow.

OFF

The port is active but there is no data flow.

Gree
n (on
the
right)

ON

The port is correctly linked.

OFF

The port is not linked or wrongly linked.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Colo
r

LED

D/S

Status

Meaning

Yello
w (on
the
left)

ON

The port is in full duplex mode.

OFF

The port is in half duplex mode.

Gree
n (on
the
right)

ON

The data rate on the port is 100 Mbit/s.

OFF

The data rate on the port is 10 Mbit/s.

NOTE

Only ports 2, 4, 20, 22, and 24 on the LAN switch are used. The other ports are reserved.

Rear Panel of the LAN Switch


The components on the rear panel of the LAN switch are the DC power socket and the PGND
post.
Figure 5-11 shows the rear panel of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-11 Rear panel of the LAN switch

NEG(-) RTN(+)

(1) DC power socket

(2) PGND post

5.6 Cabling Frame


The cabling frame provides space for collecting the Ethernet cables of the LAN switch.
Figure 5-12 shows the cabling frame.

5-14

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-12 Cabling frame

Cabling
frame

5.7 GBAM
There are three types of GBAM used in the BSC: IBM X3650T, C5210, and HP CC3310. The
GBAM is installed in the GBCR. Each BSC can be configured with one GBAM.
5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM
The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)
This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)
This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)
This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.

5.7.1 Functions of the GBAM


The GBAM serves as a bridge between the LMT and the BSC.
The GBAM performs the following functions:
l

Controls the communication between the LMT computer and boards, facilitates the data
configuration of the LMT, and filters the performance and alarm data

Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the
commands to the boards in the BSC for processing

Filters the results from the BSC boards, and then returns the results to the LMT computer

5.7.2 Appearance of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)


This describes the IBM X3650T, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-13 shows the GBAM.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-13 GBAM

Front Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)


The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-14 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-14 Front panel of the GBAM
2

16 15

13 11
14 12 10

Table 5-5 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-5 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM

5-16

SN

Silkscreen

Description

None

CD-ROM drive

Power switch

Reset switch

CRT

The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm


information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
critical fault occurs in the system and the system
cannot work properly.

MJR

The MJR LED indicates the major alarm


information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
major fault occurs in the system. Though the
system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

SN

Silkscreen

Description

MNR

The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm


information. When the indicator is on (yellow), a
minor fault occurs in the system. The system can
still work properly.

PWR

The PWR LED indicates the power fault


information. When the indicator is on (yellow), the
power supply for the system is faulty.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

USB port

10

11

12

ON

Indicates the status of the read and write function


of hard disk 0. When the LED is green, the read
and write function of the hard disk is normal; when
the LED is yellow, the read and write function of
the hard disk is not normal.
Indicates the status of the read and write function
of hard disk 1. When the LED is green, the read
and write function of the hard disk is normal; when
the LED is yellow, the read and write function of
the hard disk is not normal.
Main power LED

13

NIC0/NIC1 LED

14

System ID LED

15

ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

16

None

NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the


GBAM is in the pause state and continues to
diagnose faults.

Rear Panel of the GBAM (IBM X3650T)


The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-15 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-17

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-15 Rear panel of the GBAM

Table 5-6 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-6 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN

Silkscreen

Description

Alarms

DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information


of the GBAM)

None

PCI extension slot (not configured)

None

PCI extension slot (configured)

None

Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter

None

Power module

PS/2 port, used to connect the keyboard and the mouse.


The upper one is connected to the mouse and the lower
one is connected to the keyboard.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

RJ45 NIC1 connector

RJ45 NIC2 connector

10

Video connector

11

USB 1

12

USB 0

13
14
15

5-18

Configuration port of the GBAM


SCSI
LVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port


PGND post

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5.7.3 Appearance of the GBAM (C5210)


This describes the C5210, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 shows the GBAM.
Figure 5-16 GBAM

Front Panel of the GBAM (C5210)


The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-17 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-17 Front panel of the GBAM
2

17 16

14 12
10
15 13 11
9

Table 5-7 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-7 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM
SN

Silkscreen

Description

None

CD-ROM drive

Power switch

Reset switch

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

CRT

The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system
and the system cannot work properly.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-19

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

SN

Silkscreen

Description

MJR

The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.
Though the system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.

MNR

The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.
The system can still work properly.

PWR

The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is
faulty.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

USB port

10
11

12

13

ON

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
Main power LED

14

NIC0/NIC1 LED

15

System ID LED

16

ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

17

None

NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is


in the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.

Rear Panel of the GBAM (C5210)


The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-18 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

5-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-18 Rear panel of the GBAM


12

11

+
+
1

4 5

10

Table 5-8 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-8 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN
1

Silkscreen
1

2
3
4

Description
USB 1
Video connector

SCSI
LVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port


RJ45 NIC1 connector

Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be used


to connect the mouse and the keyboard.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

None

USB 2
Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
PGND post

10

None

DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a -48


V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an RTN
cable.

11

Alarms

DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information of


the GBAM)

12

RJ45 NIC0 connector

5.7.4 Appearance of the GBAM (HP CC3310)


This describes the HP CC3310, which serves as the GBAM.
Figure 5-19 shows the GBAM.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-21

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-19 GBAM

Front Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)


The components on the front panel of the GBAM are the CD drive, LEDs, ports, and switches.
Figure 5-20 shows the front panel of the GBAM.
Figure 5-20 Front panel of the GBAM
2

17 16

14 12
10
15 13 11
9

Table 5-9 describes the silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-9 Silkscreens on the front panel of the GBAM

5-22

SN

Silkscreen

Description

None

CD-ROM drive

Power switch

Reset switch

CRT

The CRT LED indicates the critical alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a critical fault occurs in the system
and the system cannot work properly.

MJR

The MJR LED indicates the major alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a major fault occurs in the system.
Though the system can work properly, its performance
deteriorates.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

SN

Silkscreen

Description

MNR

The MNR LED indicates the minor alarm information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), a minor fault occurs in the system.
The system can still work properly.

PWR

The PWR LED indicates the power fault information. When


the indicator is on (yellow), the power supply for the system is
faulty.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

USB port

10
11

12

13

ON

Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
2. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
Indicates the status of the read and write function of hard disk
1. When the LED is green, the read and write function of the
hard disk is normal; when the LED is yellow, the read and write
function of the hard disk is not normal.
Main power LED

14

NIC0/NIC1 LED

15

System ID LED

16

ID switch, used to switch the system ID.

17

None

NMI switch. When the NMI switch is pressed, the GBAM is in


the pause state and continues to diagnose faults.

Rear Panel of the GBAM (HP CC3310)


The components on the rear panel of the GBAM are the power port, grounding post, and signal
ports.
Figure 5-21 shows the rear panel of the GBAM.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-23

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-21 Rear panel of the GBAM


8

12

11

+
+
1

4 5

10

Table 5-10 describes the silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM.
Table 5-10 Silkscreens on the rear panel of the GBAM
SN
1

Silkscreen
1

2
3
4

USB 1
Video connector

SCSI
LVD/SE

Ultra320 SCSI port


RJ45 NIC1 connector

Mouse/keyboard connector; A Y-shaped cable can be


used to connect the mouse and the keyboard.

Serial port, with an 8-pin RJ45 connector

None

USB 2
Port of the 10M/100M adaptive Ethernet adapter
PGND post

10

None

DC input socket; The connector labeled "-" is fixed to a


-48 V cable, and the connector labeled "+" is fixed to an
RTN cable.

11

Alarms

DB15 alarm port (output port for the alarm information


of the GBAM)

12

5-24

Description

RJ45 NIC0 connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5.8 Rear Cable Trough


The rear cable trough is used to route and bind the cables for the boards that are inserted into
the rear slots of the subrack. Three fiber management trays are installed at the bottom of each
rear cable trough. They are used to coil optical cables.
Figure 5-22 shows the rear cable trough.
Figure 5-22 Rear cable trough

Fiber management trays

5.9 GBCR Cable Connections (Configuration Type A)


The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type A)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

5.9.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration


Type A)
Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
Figure 5-23 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power
distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 5-11 lists the mapping between the
power control switches and the components.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-25

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-23 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR

Distribution of power switches

SW1SW4

Subrack-1

SW2SW5

Subrack-0

SW3

KVM

SW3

LAN Switch

SW3SW6

GBAM

Table 5-11 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR


Component

Power Switch

Subrack 1

SW1 and SW4

Subrack 0

SW2 and SW5

KVM

SW3

LAN Switch

SW3

GBAM

SW3 and SW6

5.9.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR


(Configuration Type A)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
l

5-26

Figure 5-24 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description
l

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-25 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.

Figure 5-24 Distribution of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet Power distribution box

V
V
V
V
V
V
R1
R1
R2
R1
R2
R2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1

2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7

12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

10

8 9

Subrack

17

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
1

14

Subrack

Subrack

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3

19

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

MONITOR

1
1

2
0

15

KVM

I
O

16

Subrack

18

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

MONITOR

Power distribution box

LAN
switch
11.1.
1

2
1

11.2.
1

11.2.2
11.1.2
GBAM

2
2

2
3

11.1.3
11.2.3

24

26

28

30

25

27

29

31

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTNx

Rear view

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet
Front view

5-27

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Table 5-12 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 5-12 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR

5-28

Number

Description

1-8

Power cables for the BSC subracks

11

Power cable for the KVM

12

PDB monitoring cable

11.1.1 and 11.2.1

Power cables for the LAN switch

11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and 11.2.3

Power cables for the GBAM

13

PGND cable connecting the PDB and the


busbar

14, 15, 16, and 17

PGND cables for the BSC subracks

18 and 19

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different cabinets

20

PGND cable for the KVM

21

PGND cable for the LAN switch

22 and 23

PGND cables for the GBAM

24-31

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-25 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet

V
V
V
V
V
V
R1
R1
R1
R2
R2
R2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1

2 3 4 11.1 11.2 5 6 7

12
13
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

10

8 9

Subrack

Subrack

17

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
1

MONITOR

Power distribution box

Power distribution box

18

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
5

14

Subrack

Subrack
19

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3

MONITOR

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
15
7

1
1

2
0

KVM

I
O

16

LAN
switch
11.1.
1

2
1

11.2.
1

11.2.2
11.1.2
2
2
2
3

GBAM

10.2
9.2
9.3
10.3
11.1.3
11.2.3

24

26

28

30

25

27

29

31

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTNx

Rear view

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet
Front view

Table 5-13 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-29

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Table 5-13 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR


Number

Description

1-8

Power cables for the BSC subracks

11

Power cable for the KVM

12

PDB monitoring cable

11.1.1 and 11.2.1

Power cables for the LAN switch

9.2, 9.3, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.2, 11.2.2, 11.1.3, and


11.2.3

Power cables for the GBAM

13

PGND cable connecting the PDB and the


busbar

14, 15, 16, and 17

PGND cables for the BSC subracks

18 and 19

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different cabinets

20

PGND cable for the KVM

21

PGND cable for the LAN switch

22 and 23

PGND cables for the GBAM

24-31

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

5.9.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration


Type A)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable,inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

5-30

Figure 5-26 shows the GBCR configured with the IBM X3650T GBAM.

Figure 5-27 shows the GBCR configured with the C5210/HP CC3310 GBAM.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-26 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (IBM X3650T)


Power distribution box

13

9 10

Power distribution box

11

12
15
16
11

GEPS

17
7
8

14

GEPS

MONITOR

16
15

10
17

GMPS

7
8

9
13

MONITOR

6
5
14
4
3
2
1

12

GMPS
18
24
21

23
19

22
20

18

LAN switch

19
23
20

Rear view

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Front view

5-31

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Figure 5-27 Connections of signal cables in the GBCR (C5210/HP CC3310)


Power distribution box

13

9 10

Power distribution box

11

12
15
16
11

GEPS

17
7
8

14

GEPS

MONITOR

16
15

10
17
7
8

GMPS

13

MONITOR

6
5
14
4
3
2
1

12

GMPS
18
24
21

23
19

22
20

18

LAN switch
23
20
19

Rear view

Front view

NOTE

Figure 5-26 and Figure 5-27 show the connections of signal cables between a GMPS and a GEPS. If
there are more than one GEPS, you need to connect each GEPS to the GMPS directly. The connection
method is the same as the method of connecting the first GEPS to the GMPS.

The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
5-26 and Figure 5-27 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables,
and number of cables depend on the site plan.

Table 5-14 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

5-32

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Table 5-14 Signal cables in the GBCR

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

S
N

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position 2

Remarks

75-ohm coaxial clock


cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port

SMB male
connector/
CLKIN1 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 13
of the GMPS

Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port

75-ohm coaxial clock


cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port

SMB male
connector/
CLKIN0 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 13
of the GMPS

Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port

Figure 5-26
shows the clock
cables that are
connected to the
CLKIN1 and
CLKIN0 ports.
Generally, only
one port is used
to connect to the
BITS clock.

75-ohm coaxial clock


cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port

SMB male
connector/
CLKIN1 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 12
of the GMPS

Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port

75-ohm coaxial clock


cable (or 120-ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the GGCU to
the BITS clock port

SMB male
connector/
CLKIN0 port on
the GGCU that is
installed in slot 12
of the GMPS

Connector
attached to the
BITS clock/
BITS clock port

Y-shaped clock cable


connecting the GGCU to
the GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6
of the GEPS

Y-shaped clock cable


connecting the GGCU to
the GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7
of the GEPS

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU
that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the
GEPS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-33

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

5-34

S
N

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position 2

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU
that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the
GEPS

E1/T1 cable connecting


the EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 of the GEPS

DDF or other
NEs

10

E1/T1 cable connecting


the EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 15 of the GEPS

DDF or other
NEs

11

E1/T1 cable connecting


the EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 or 15 of the
GEPS

DDF or other
NEs

12

PDB monitoring signal


cable

DB15/port
connecting the
PDB to a service
subrack

DB15/
MONITOR port
on the lowest
subrack

13

Optical cable

LC optical port/slot
27 of the GEPS

OIUa in the
GTCS, or ODF,
or other NEs

14

Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 6 of the
GEPS

15

Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 7 of the
GEPS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Remarks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

S
N

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position 2

16

Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 7 of the
GEPS

17

Inter-GSCU Ethernet
cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T port
on the GSCU
that is installed in
slot 6 of the
GEPS

18

Ethernet cable between


the GSCU and the GBAM

RJ45/GBAM

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T10
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6
of the GMPS

19

Ethernet cable between


the GSCU and the GBAM

RJ45/GBAM

RJ45/10/100/10
00BASE-T10
port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7
of the GEPS

20

Ethernet cable between


the LAN switch and the
GBAM

RJ45/Ethernet port
on the GBAM

RJ45/Ethernet
port on the LAN
switch

The GBAM is
connected to
port 2 on the
LAN switch.

21

Ethernet cable between


the LAN switch and the
LMT computer

RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch

RJ45/LMT
computer

The LMT
computer is
connected to
port 22 on the
LAN switch.

22

Ethernet cable between


the LAN switch and the
M2000 (LAN)

RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch

RJ45/Ethernet
port on the
M2000 (LAN)

The M2000
(LAN) is
connected to
port 24 on the
LAN switch.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Remarks

5-35

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

S
N

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position 2

Remarks

23

Ethernet cable between


the GBAM and the KVM

DB25 male
connector/KVM
signal input port

DB15 male
connector/
GBAM monitor
port (PS2 male
connector)/Yshaped KVM
mouse port (PS2
male connector)/
Y-shaped KVM
key port

24

Ethernet cable between


the LAN switch and the
CBC

RJ45/Ethernet port
on the LAN switch

RJ45/Ethernet
port on the
M2000 (LAN)

The CBC is
connected to
port 20 on the
LAN switch.

5.10 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration


Type A)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 5-15 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.
Table 5-15 Structural specifications of the GBCR
Specification

Value

Cabinet standard

IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions

2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height available

46 U

Weight

Empty cabinet 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room

450 kg/m2

Table 5-16 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.

5-36

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

5 GBCR (Configuration Type A)

Table 5-16 Electrical specifications of the GBCR

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Specification

Value

Rated input voltage

-48 V

Input voltage

-40 V to -57 V

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5-37

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

GBCR (Configuration Type B)

About This Chapter


This describes the components, cable connections, and engineering specifications of the GBCR
that is configured with the GOMU.
6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

6.1 Components of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)


This describes the outer components and inner components of the GBCR.
The outer components of the GBCR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBCR vary with the configuration type. In configuration type B,
the inner components of the GBCR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subrack, and rear cable trough.

Outer Components of the GBCR


Figure 6-1 shows the outer components of the GBCR.

6-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-1 Outer components of the GBCR

2
1

(1) Rack

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

(2) Side door

(3) Front and back doors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Inner Components of the GBCR


Figure 6-2 shows the inner components of the GBCR.
Figure 6-2 Inner components of the GBCR

Front view

Rear view

(1) Filler panel

(2) Subrack

(3) Air defence subrack

(4) Power distribution box

(5) Cable rack in the cabinet

(6) Rear cable trough

Table 6-1 lists the inner components of the GBCR.


6-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Table 6-1 Inner Components of the GBCR


Componen
t

Description

Refer to...

Power
distribution
box

Based on the power consumption of the


GBCR, one BSC common power
distribution box or one BSC highpower distribution box is configured.

BSC Common Power


Distribution Box and BSC HighPower Distribution Box

Subrack

One mandatory GMPS, and one or two


optional GEPSs or GTCSs

BSC Subracks

Air defence
subrack

When the cabinet is configured with


two subracks, one air defence
subrack should be configured.

When the cabinet is configured with


three subracks, two air defence
subracks should be configured.

Rear cable
trough

Each subrack should be configured


with one rear cable trough.

Air Defence Subrack

Rear Cable Trough

NOTE

In configuration type B, the GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or
the BSC high-power distribution box.

6.2 BSC High-Power Distribution Box


Each BSC cabinet must be configured with a power distribution box, which is installed at the
top of the BSC cabinet.
The BSC-high power distribution box provides lightning protection and overcurrent protection
for four -48 V inputs, which are then divided into two groups to supply power to the functional
modules in the BSC. (Each group has three -48 V outputs and three RTN outputs.) The power
distribution box also detects the input voltage and the output power, and generates audible and
visual alarms when faults occur.
6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of the
MDMC and the power switches.
6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input
terminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to
a service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.
6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input
specifications and output specifications.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

6.2.1 Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box


The components on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the panel of the
MDMC and the power switches.
Figure 6-3 shows the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Figure 6-3 Front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
1

5
A
1

B
6

10 1

10

RUN
ALM

2
3

MUTE

l
O
SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1 SUBRCK-0

SUBRCK-2 SUBRCK-1 SUBRCK-0

(1) Panel of the MDMC

(2) RUN LED

(3) ALM LED

(4) Mute switch

(5) Power distribution switches

(6) Label for power distribution switches

NOTE

For details of the MDMC, refer to 9.27 PAMU.

CAUTION
l

When turning on or turning off the power distribution switches, you can refer to the label
for power distribution switches.

To disassemble a device, switch off the device, and then disconnect the power cable from
the device.

You can determine whether the power distribution box generates an audible alarm by setting the
mute switch.
l

If you set the mute switch to 1, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when
it detects a fault.

If you set the mute switch to 0, the power distribution box does not generate an audible
alarm when it detects a fault.

6.2.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution


Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
Table 6-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
6-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Table 6-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for


1s

The PAMU is working and communicating


with the GSCU.

On for 0.125s and


off for 0.125s

The PAMU is not working or not


communicating with the GSCU.

Off

The PAMU has no power input or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

The power distribution box is faulty. The


ALM LED, however, is always on during the
PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the
ALM LED is functional.

ALM

Red

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.

6.2.3 Rear Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box


The components on the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are the power input
terminal block, power output terminal block, port used to connect the power distribution box to
a service subrack, and 2-hole grounding screw.
Figure 6-4 shows the rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Figure 6-4 Rear panel of the BSC high-power distribution box
1

3
A

(1) Power input terminal block

(2) Power output terminal block

(3) Port used to connect the power distribution box to a service subrack

(4) 2-hole grounding screw

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)


NOTE

Figure 6-4 shows the main ports related to the BSC.

On the power input terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable
are labeled 3(-), 2(-), and 1(-), and the wiring terminals for the RTN power cable are labeled 3(+), 2
(+), and 1(+).

On the power output terminal blocks of groups A and B, the wiring terminals for the -48 V power cable
and RTN power cable are labeled NEG(-) and RTN(+) respectively .

6.2.4 Technical Specifications of the BSC High-Power Distribution


Box
The technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box consist of the input
specifications and output specifications.
Table 6-3 lists the technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 6-3 Technical specifications of the BSC high-power distribution box
Item

Sub Item

Specification

Input
specifications

Rated input voltage

-48 V DC or -60 V DC

Input voltage

-40 V DC to -72 V DC

Input mode

Two groups of power inputs: A and B. Group A


consists of the power inputs A1+A2 and A3. Group
B consists of the power inputs B1+B2 and B3. Each
group has one to two -48 V DC/-60 V DC power
inputs.

Maximum input
current

The maximum rated input current of each route is


100 A.

Rated output voltage

-48 V DC or -60 V DC

Output voltage

-40 V DC to -72 V DC

Independent output

Two groups of power outputs: A and B. Each group


has one to three -48 V DC/-60 V DC power outputs.
The maximum rated output current of each output
is 50 A and that of each group is 100 A.

Output
specifications

Each output is controlled by the MCBs: A8-A10


and B8-B10. These MCBs provide the overcurrent
protection function.

6-8

Output protection
specifications

The current at the overcurrent protection point is


70 A. You need to restore the default value
manually.

Rated output power

9,600 W (Two groups of power outputs: A and B.


Each group has two 48 V DC power outputs.)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Item

Sub Item

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Specification

NOTE
For group A, power inputs A1+A2 correspond to power outputs A1-A8, and power input A3 corresponds
to power outputs A9-A10. Similarly, for group B, power inputs B1+B2 correspond to power outputs B1B8, and power input B3 corresponds to power outputs B9-B10.

6.3 Cable Connections of the GBCR (Configuration Type B)


The cables of the GBCR consist of the power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.
6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in
use.
6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration Type B)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

6.3.1 Distribution of Power Switches in the GBCR (Configuration


Type B)
The GBCR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBCR in a fixed way.

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power Distribution


Box)
Figure 6-5 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution
box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-4 lists the mapping between the power control
switches and the components.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-5 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (1)

Distribution of power switches

SW1, SW4

Subrack-2

SW2, SW5

Subrack-1

SW3, SW6

Subrack-0

Table 6-4 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)
Component

Power Switch

Subrack 2

SW1 and SW4

Subrack 1

SW2 and SW5

Subrack 0

SW3 and SW6

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBCR (High-Power Distribution Box)


Figure 6-6 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power
distribution box and the components in the GBCR. Table 6-5 lists the mapping between the
power control switches and the components.

6-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-6 Distribution of the power switches in the GBCR (2)

Distribution of power switches

A8B8

Subrack-2

A9B9

Subrack-1

A10B10

Subrack-0

Table 6-5 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component

Power Switch

Subrack 2

A8 and B8

Subrack 1

A9 and B9

Subrack 0

A10 and B10

6.3.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBCR


(Configuration Type B)
The power cables of the GBCR are used to connect the PDF to the PDB. This ensures a stable
power supply for the GBCR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet to the PDF or to
the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from electrostatic discharge.
The connections of power cables in the cabinet vary with the types of power distribution box in
use.

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution
Box Configured)
Figure 6-7 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-7 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet

V
V
V
V
V
V
R
R
R
R R
R
2
2
2
1
1
1
1.1

2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1


1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

Subrack

13

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
1.1

MONITOR

4.1

1.2

4.2

Subrack

12

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
2.1

MONITOR

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

5.2

Subrack

11

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3.1

MONITOR

Subrack

16

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
10
6.1

3.2

Subrack

15

5.1

2.2

Subrack

14

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

6.2

17

19

21

23

18

20

22

24

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN

Rear view

6-12

Power distribution box

Power distribution box

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet
Front view

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Table 6-6 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-6 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (1)
Number

Description

1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and
4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2

Power cables for the BSC subracks

PGND cable for the power distribution box

8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13

PGND cables for the BSC subracks

14, 15, and 16

Inter-cabinet PGND cables

17-24

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box
Configured)
Figure 6-8 shows the connections of the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-8 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)
Power distribution box

A
1

6 4 2

12 10 8

1
0

B
1

1
0

13

11 9 7

5 3 1

RUN
AL
M
MUT
E

Subrack

Subrack
20

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
19
1

MONITO
R

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
14
7

Subrack

Subrack

21

18

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3

MONITO
R

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
15
9

10

Subrack

Subrack

22
DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
17
5

MONITO
R

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
16
11

12

23

25

27

29

24

26

28

30

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Rear view

Front view

Table 6-7 lists the power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR.
Table 6-7 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBCR (2)

6-14

SN

Description

1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;


11 and 12

Power cables for the BSC subracks

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

SN

Description

13

PGND cable connecting the PDB and the


busbar

14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different subracks

20, 21, and 22

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different cabinets

23-30

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

6.3.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBCR (Configuration


Type B)
The signal cables in the GBCR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable,
BITS clock cable, Y-shaped clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 6-9 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Figure 6-9 Connections of the signal cables in the GBCR


Power
11

13

9,10 distribution box

12

GTCS

GTCS
7

18 19 20

21

15
16
MONITOR

6
5

11

GEPS

GEPS

7
8

15
14

MONITOR

10
9

17
14

6
5

22

GMPS

GMPS
7

13

4
3
2
1

21
20

MONITOR

17
16
12

19
18

Rear view

Front view

NOTE

Figure 6-9 takes the configuration of one GMPS, one GEPS, and one GTCS as an example.

The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
6-9 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of
cables depend on the site plan.

Table 6-8 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBCR.

6-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Table 6-8 Signal cables in the GBCR

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

SN

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 2

Remarks

75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port

SMB male
connector/CLKIN1
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 13 of the GMPS

Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port

75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port

SMB male
connector/CLKIN0
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 13 of the GMPS

Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port

Figure 6-9
shows the
clock cables
that are
connected to
the CLKIN1
and CLKIN0
ports.
Generally,
only one port
is used to
connect to the
BITS clock.

75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port

SMB male
connector/CLKIN1
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 of the GMPS

Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port

75-ohm coaxial
clock cable (or 120ohm clock
conversion cable)
connecting the
GGCU to the BITS
clock port

SMB male
connector/CLKIN0
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 of the GMPS

Connector attached
to the BITS clock/
BITS clock port

Y-shaped clock
cable connecting
the GGCU to the
GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN port
on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS

Y-shaped clock
cable connecting
the GGCU to the
GSCU

RJ45/CLKOUT
port on the GGCU
that is installed in
slot 12 or 13 of the
GMPS

RJ45/CLKIN port
on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GEPS

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port on
the GTNU that is
installed in slot 4 or
5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GEPS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-17

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

6-18

SN

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 2

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port on
the GTNU that is
installed in slot 4 or
5 of the GMPS

DB14/TDM port
on the GTNU that
is installed in slot 4
or 5 of the GEPS

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 of the GEPS

DDF or other NEs

10

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 15 of the GEPS

DDF or other NEs

11

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port
on the EIUa/PEUa
that is installed in
slot 14 or 15 of the
GEPS

DDF or other NEs

12

PDB monitoring
signal cable

DB15/port
connecting the PDB
to a service subrack

DB15/MONITOR
port on the lowest
subrack

13

Optical cable

LC optical port/slot
27 of the GEPS

OIUa in the GTCS,


or ODF, or other
NEs

14

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS

15

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GEPS

16

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GEPS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Remarks

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

SN

Description

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 1

Connector Type/
Installation
Position 2

Remarks

17

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GEPS

18

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T10 port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GTCS

19

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T10 port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GTCS

20

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GTCS

21

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on the
GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of
the GMPS

RJ45/10/100/1000
BASE-T port on
the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of
the GTCS

22

Ethernet cable
between the GOMU
and the M2000
(LAN)

RJ45/GOMU
Ethernet port

RJ45/Ethernet port
on the M2000
(LAN)

ETH0/ETH1
port on the
GOMU,
connecting to
the M2000
(LAN)

6.4 Technical Specifications of the GBCR (Configuration


Type B)
The technical specifications of the GBCR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 6-9 describes the structural specifications of the GBCR.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6-19

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

6 GBCR (Configuration Type B)

Table 6-9 Structural specifications of the GBCR


Specification

Value

Cabinet standard

IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions

2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height of the available


space

46 U

Weight

Empty cabinet 100 kg; fully configured cabinet 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room

450 kg/m2

Table 6-10 describes the electrical specifications of the GBCR.


Table 6-10 Electrical specifications of the GBCR

6-20

Specification

Value

Rated input voltage

-48 V

Input voltage

-40 V to -57 V

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

GBSR Cabinet

About This Chapter


The GBSR processes the services of the BSC. A maximum of three GBSRs can be configured,
depending on traffic volume.
7.1 Components of the GBSR
This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR
The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR
The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

7.1 Components of the GBSR


This describes the inner components and outer components of the GBSR.
The outer components of the GBSR consist of the rack, side doors, front door, and rear door.
The inner components of the GBSR consist of the power distribution box, subracks, air defence
subracks, and rear cable troughs.

Outer Components of the GBSR


Figure 7-1 shows the outer components of the GBSR.

7-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Figure 7-1 Outer components of the GBSR

2
1

(1) Rack

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

(2) Side door

(3) Front and back doors

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Inner Components of the GBSR


Figure 7-2 shows the inner components of the GBSR.
Figure 7-2 Inner components of the GBSR

Front view

Rear view

(1) Filler panel

(2) Subrack

(3) Air defence subrack

(4) Power distribution box

(5) Cable rack in the cabinet

(6) Rear cable trough

Table 7-1 describes the inner components of the GBSR.


7-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Table 7-1 Inner components of the GBSR


Component

Description

Refer to...

Power
distribution box

Based on the power consumption of


the GBSR, one BSC common power
distribution box or one BSC highpower distribution box is
configured.

BSC Common Power


Distribution Box and BSC
High-Power Distribution Box

Subrack

One to three GEPSs (GTCSs) are


configured.

BSC Subracks

Air defence
subrack

When the cabinet is configured


with two subracks, one air
defence subrack should be
configured.

When the cabinet is configured


with three subracks, two air
defence subracks should be
configured.

Rear cable trough

Each subrack should be configured


with one rear cable trough.

Air Defence Subrack

Rear Cable Trough

NOTE

If the GBCR is in configuration type A, the GBSR should be configured with the BSC common
power distribution box.

If the GBCR is in configuration type B, the GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power
distribution box or the BSC high-power distribution box.

7.2 Cable Connections of the GBSR


The cables of the GBSR consist of power cables, PGND cables, and signal cables.
7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR
The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.
7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR
The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This
ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet
to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from
electrostatic discharge.
7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR
The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby
120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shaped
clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

7.2.1 Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR


The GBSR can be configured with the BSC common power distribution box or the BSC highpower distribution box. Each of the six power outputs of the power distribution box supplies
power to a component in the GBSR in a fixed way.

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (Common Power Distribution


Box)
Figure 7-3 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the power distribution
box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-2 lists the mapping between the power control
switches and the components.
Figure 7-3 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (1)

Distribution of power switches

SW1SW4

Subrack-2

SW2SW5

Subrack-1

SW3SW6

Subrack-0

Table 7-2 Mapping between the power switches and the components (1)

7-6

Component

Power Switch

Subrack 2

SW1 and SW4

Subrack 1

SW2 and SW5

Subrack 0

SW3 and SW6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Distribution of the Power Switches in the GBSR (High-Power Distribution Box)


Figure 7-4 shows the mapping between the six power control switches on the high-power
distribution box and the components in the GBSR. Table 7-3 lists the mapping between the
power control switches and the components.
Figure 7-4 Distribution of the power switches in the GBSR (2)

Distribution of power switches

A8B8

Subrack-2

A9B9

Subrack-1

A10B10

Subrack-0

Table 7-3 Mapping between the power switches and the components (2)
Component

Power Switch

Subrack 2

A8 and B8

Subrack 1

A9 and B9

Subrack 0

A10 and B10

7.2.2 Connections of Power Cables and PGND Cables in the GBSR


The power cables in the GBSR are used to connect the PDF to the power distribution box. This
ensures a stable power supply for the GBSR. The PGND cables are used to connect the cabinet
to the PDF or to the grounding bar in the equipment room. This protects the cabinet from
electrostatic discharge.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-7

7 GBSR Cabinet

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution
Box Configured)
Figure 7-5 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

7-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Figure 7-5 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet

V
V
V
V
V
V
R
R
R
R R
R
2
2
2
1
1
1
1.1

2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1


1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

Subrack

13

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
1.1

MONITOR

4.1

1.2

4.2

Subrack

12

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
2.1

MONITOR

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

5.2

Subrack

11

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3.1

MONITOR

Subrack

16

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
10
6.1

3.2

Subrack

15

5.1

2.2

Subrack

14

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

Power distribution box

Power distribution box

6.2

17

19

21

23

18

20

22

24

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN

Rear view

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet
Front view

7-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Table 7-4 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-4 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (1)
Number

Description

1.1 and 1.2; 2.1 and 2.2; 3.1 and 3.2; 4.1 and
4.2; 5.1 and 5.2; 6.1 and 6.2

Power cables for the BSC subracks

7 and 8

PGND cables for the cabinet busbar

PGND cable for the power distribution box

10, 11, and 12

PGND cables for the BSC subracks

13, 14, and 15

Inter-cabinet PGND cables

16-23

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box
Configured)
Figure 7-6 shows the connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.

7-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Figure 7-6 Connections of power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
PGND wiring post
on the top of the cabinet

V
V
V
V
V
V
R
R
R
R R
R
2
2
2
1
1
1
1.1

2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1


1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

Subrack

13

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
1.1

MONITOR

4.1

1.2

4.2

Subrack

12

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
2.1

MONITOR

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

5.2

Subrack

11

DC input1
NEG(-) RTN(+)
3.1

MONITOR

Subrack

16

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)
10
6.1

3.2

Subrack

15

5.1

2.2

Subrack

14

DC input2
NEG(-) RTN(+)

Power distribution box

Power distribution box

6.2

17

19

21

23

18

20

22

24

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet

Vx: -48Vx
Rx: RTN

Rear view

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

PGND wiring post on the


base of the cabinet
Front view

7-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Table 7-5 describes the power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-5 Power cables and PGND cables in the GBSR (2)
SN

Description

1 and 2; 3 and 4; 5 and 6; 7 and 8; 9 and 10;


11 and 12

Power cables for the BSC subracks

13

PGND cable connecting the PDB and the


busbar

14, 15, and 16; 17, 18, and 19

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different subracks

20, 21, and 22

PGND cables connecting the busbars of


different cabinets

23-30

PGND cables for the cabinet doors

7.2.3 Connections of Signal Cables in the GBSR


The signal cables in the GBSR consist of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable, active/standby
120-ohm twisted pair cable, optical cable, straight-through cable, inter-GTNU cable, Y-shaped
clock cable, and PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.

7-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Figure 7-7 Connections of the signal cables in the GBSR


Power
distribution
box

4
9
8
5
13

16

Power
distribution
box

14,15

1
13

GTCS

11

GTCS

12

2
7
6
3

MONITOR

15
14

GTCS
10

GTCS

12

6
7
8
9

MONITOR

GTCS

10

GTCS

11

16

MONITOR
1

2
3
4
5

Rear view

Front view

NOTE

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Figure 7-7 shows the connections of the signal cables in a GBSR that is configured with three GTCSs.
If the number of GTCSs to be configured is greater than three, another cabinet is required. The
connections of signals cables for more than three GTCSs are the same.

The types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of cables shown in Figure
7-7 are examples. The actual types of interface boards, installation positions of cables, and number of
cables depend on the site plan.

In Figure 7-7, the lowest GTCS serves as the main subrack and the GSCUs in the subracks are
connected in the form of star topology. In practice, any GTCS can be used as the main subrack.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Table 7-6 describes the connections of the signal cables in the GBSR.
Table 7-6 Signal cables in the GBSR

7-14

SN

Description

Connector Type/
Installation Position 1

Connector Type/
Installation Position 2

PDB monitoring
signal cable

DB15/port connecting the


PDB to a service subrack

DB15/MONITOR port on
the lowest subrack

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 6 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 6 of the
GTCS

Inter-GSCU
Ethernet cable

RJ45/10/100/1000BASE-T
port on the GSCU that is
installed in slot 7 of the
main GTCS

RJ45/10/100/1000BASET port on the GSCU that is


installed in slot 7 of the
GTCS

10

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

SN

Description

Connector Type/
Installation Position 1

Connector Type/
Installation Position 2

11

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

12

Inter-GTNU cable

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

DB14/TDM port on the


GTNU that is installed in
slot 4 or 5 of the GTCS

13

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the


EIUa/PEUa that is installed
in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

14

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the


EIUa/PEUa that is installed
in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

15

E1/T1 cable
connecting the
EIUa/PEUa to the
DDF or other NEs

DB44/E1/T1 port on the


EIUa/PEUa that is installed
in slot 14 or 15 of the GTCS

DDF or other NEs

16

Optical cable

LC optical port/RX/TX port


on the OIUa that is installed
in slot 27 of the GTCS

OIUa of the GMPS/GEPS


or ODF

7.3 Technical Specifications of the GBSR


The technical specifications of the GBSR consist of structural specifications and electrical
specifications.
Table 7-7 describes the structural specifications of the GBSR.
Table 7-7 Structural specifications of the GBSR

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Specification

Value

Cabinet standard

IEC60297 standard and IEEE standard

Dimensions

2,200 mm (height) x 600 mm (width) x 800 mm (depth)

Height available

46 U

Weight

Empty cabinet 100 kg; cabinet in full configuration 300 kg

Load-bearing capacity
of the equipment room

450 kg/m2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

7 GBSR Cabinet

Table 7-8 describes the electrical specifications of the GBSR.


Table 7-8 Electrical specifications of the GBSR

7-16

Specification

Value

Rated input voltage

-48 V

Input voltage

-40 V to -57 V

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BSC Subracks

About This Chapter


This describes BSC subracks. BSC subracks are used to integrate boards and backplanes into
an independent unit. BSC subracks are functionally classified into the GSM main processing
subrack (GMPS), GSM extended processing subrack (GEPS), and GSM transcoder subrack
(GTCS).
8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack
This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,
slots, front cable trough, and backplane.
8.2 BSC Fan Box
The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured
with one fan box.
8.3 BSC Slots
This describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The
BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack
This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack
The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the
recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and
combination modes.
8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack
The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available
space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

8.1 Components of the BSC Subrack


This describes the components of the BSC subrack. The BSC subrack consists of the fan box,
slots, front cable trough, and backplane.

Structure of the BSC Subrack


The BSC subrack is designed in compliance with IEC60297 standards. The BSC subrack is 19
inches wide and 12 U high. Figure 8-1 shows the structure of the BSC subrack.

8-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Figure 8-1 Structure of the BSC subrack

Front view

Rear view
(1) Fan box

(2) Hanger

(3) Guide rail

(4) Front cable trough

(5) Board

(6) Grounding screw

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

(7) Port for DC power input (8) Input port for the monitoring signals of the power (9) Cover of the DIP switch
distribution box

Components
Table 8-1 lists the components of the BSC subrack.
Table 8-1 Components of the BSC subrack
Component

Description

Fan box

For details, refer to 8.2.1 Fan Box


(Configuration PFCU)or8.2.2 Fan Box
(Configuration PFCB).

Slots in the subrack

For details, refer to 8.3 BSC Slots.

Front cable trough

The front cable trough is used to route the front


cables of the subrack to both sides of the cabinet.

Backplane

The backplane is used to connect the boards in


the same subrack.

NOTE

For details on the settings of the DIP switches of the subrack, refer to 8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC
Subrack.

8.2 BSC Fan Box


The fan box is used to dissipate the heat generated by the BSC. Each subrack must be configured
with one fan box.

CAUTION
If you reassemble the fan box when the system is running, ensure that the operation lasts for less
than three minutes. If your operation exceeds three minutes, excessive heat may lead to faults
in the boards.
8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCU.
8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)
This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCB.
8-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

8.2.1 Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)


This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCU.

Appearance of the Fan Box(Configuration PFCU)


The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-2 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-2 Fan box (Configuration PFCU)

(1) PFPU

(2) Fan

(3) PFCU

(4) LED

(5) Screw

(6) Handle

NOTE

The PFPU is inserted in the rear part of the fan box. It provides power supply for nine fans, keeps the
voltage stable through a stabilizing tube, and ensures normal operation of the fans.

The PFCU is the fan control unit. For details on the PFCU, refer to 9.28 PFCU.

LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)


The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-2 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-2 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCU)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Color

Status

Meaning

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The fan box works normally (the


fan box is registered).

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Color

Red

Status

Meaning

On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s

The fan box works normally (the


fan box is not registered).

On for 1s and off for 1s

The fan box is registered and has


one of the following problems:

On for 0.25s and off for 0.25s

One-way power supply to the


subrack.

Communication failure.

Fan stops running or its speed


is too low.

Fan box in an excessively


high temperature or
temperature sensor failure.

The fan box is not registered and


has one of the following
problems:
l

One-way power supply to the


subrack.

Fan stops running or its speed


is too low.

Fan box in an excessively


high temperature or
temperature sensor failure.

NOTE

The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is not
registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCU)


The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,
temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-3 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-3 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCU)

8-6

Specification

Value

Height

1.5U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage

-60 V DC to -42 V DC

Maximum power

150 W

Temperature

-5C to +55C

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Specification

Value

Fan speed

The speed of the fans can be adjusted from


50% to 100%.

NOTE

When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the
subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal
symptoms during the BSC startup.

8.2.2 Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)


This describes the appearance, LEDs, and technical specifications of the fan box that is
configured with the PFCB.

Appearance of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)


The fan box consists of the fans, boards, LED, and handle.
Figure 8-3 shows the fan box.
Figure 8-3 Fan box (Configuration PFCB)

2
4

3
4

1
5

(1) PFCB

(2) Fan

(4) Screw

(5) Handle

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

(3) LED

8-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks
NOTE

The PFCB is the fan control board. For details on the PFCB, refer to 9.29 PFCB.

LED on the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)


The fan box uses a bi-color LED.
Table 8-4 describes the LED on the fan box.
Table 8-4 LED on the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Color

Status

Meaning

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The fan box is supplied with power in


two ways without any fault (and is
registered).

On for 0.25s and off for


0.25s

The fan box is supplied with power in


two ways without any fault (not
registered).

On for 1s and off for 1s

The fan box is registered and has one of


the following problems:

Red

On for 0.25s and off for


0.25s

One-way power supply to the


subrack.

Communication failure.

Fan stops running or its speed is too


low.

Fan box in an excessively high


temperature or temperature sensor
failure.

Failure in speed regulation of fan box


alarm.

The fan box is not registered and has one


of the following problems:
l

One-way power supply to the


subrack.

Fan stops running or its speed is too


low.

Fan box in an excessively high


temperature or temperature sensor
failure.

Failure in speed regulation of fan box


alarm.

NOTE

The fan box is registered means that the fan box communicates with the BSC normally. The fan box is not
registered means that the fan box does not communicate with the BSC normally.

8-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Technical Specifications of the Fan Box (Configuration PFCB)


The technical specifications for the fan box consist of height, voltage, maximum power,
temperature, and fan speed.
Table 8-5 lists the technical specifications of the fan box.
Table 8-5 Technical specifications of the fan box (Configuration PFCB)
Specification

Value

Height

1.5 U (1 U = 44.45 mm)

Input voltage

-40V DC to -57V DC

Maximum power

150 W

Temperature

-5C to +55C

Fan speed

The speed of the fans can be adjusted from


55% to 100%.

NOTE

When the BSC is powered on, when a subrack is reset, or when the BSC is upgraded, the fans in all the
subracks run at full speed and the alarm LEDs on all the boards blink in a short period. These are normal
symptoms during the BSC startup.

8.3 BSC Slots


This describes the BSC slots. A backplane is positioned in the center of the BSC subrack. The
BSC boards are installed on the front and rear sides of the backplane.
Figure 8-4 shows the physical structure of the BSC subrack. The cubes shown in the figure
indicate boards.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Figure 8-4 Slot assignment in the BSC subrack


14

20

27

1
00

06

(1) Front board

(2) Backplane

13

(3) Rear board

NOTE

The backplane separates the BSC subrack into a front subrack and a rear subrack. The slots in the front
subrack are numbered from 00 to 13 and the slots in the rear subrack are numbered from 14 to 27. The
front subrack holds service boards and the rear subrack holds interface boards. In principle, each slot
holds one board, but there are exceptions. Slots 20 and 21 hold one GOMU, and slots 22 and 23 hold
one GOMU.

Two neighboring even and odd slots, for example, slot 00 and slot 01, slot 02 and slot 03, work in
active/standby mode. The boards working in active/standby mode occupy the active and standby slots.

8.4 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack


This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.

Appearance
Figure 8-5 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 8-5 DIP switch on the BSC subrack

ON

8-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Meaning of the DIP Bits


The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF
represents digit 1. Table 8-6 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 8-6 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit

Meaning

1 (the least significant bit)

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Odd parity check bit

Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)

8 (the most significant


bit)

For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).

For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).

Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. The
definitions of this bit are as follows:
l

If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not Start
Automatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when the
GSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.

If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.
When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,
the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data from
the GOMU.

Setting Scheme
As the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd
number. The setting should adhere to the following principles:
1.

Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.

2.

Set DIP bit 7 to 0.

3.

Count the number of 1s that have been set.


l

If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.

If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.

Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in this
case, refer to Table 8-7. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or
the GTCS.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Table 8-7 Setting of the DIP switches


Subr
ack
No.

DIP Bit
1

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

8.5 Configuration of the BSC Subrack


The BSC subracks are classified into the GMPS, GEPS, and GTCS. This describes the
recommended configurations of these subracks in different application scenarios and
combination modes.
8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)
The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)
The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS
The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three
GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in
the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.
8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS
In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The
BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate
adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.

8.5.1 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type A)


The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
8-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT,
GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-6 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-6 Fully configured GMPS (1)
14

15

16

17

18

19

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

Rear boards

20

21

22

23

24

25

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

26

27

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

12

13

Backplane

10

11

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)


In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/
GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-7 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-7 Fully configured GMPS (2)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT,
GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-8 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-8 Fully configured GMPS (3)
14

15

16

17

18

19

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

Rear boards

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)


In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/
GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-9 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-9 Fully configured GMPS (4)
14

15

16

17

18

19

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

04

05

06

07

08

09

Rear boards

20

21

22

23

24

25

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

26

27

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

12

13

Backplane

8-14

02

03

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

11

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

A over IP (Built-In PCU)


In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The
GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-10 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-10 Fully configured GMPS (5)
14

15

16

17

18

19

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

Rear boards

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
H
U
B

G
E
H
U
B

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

A over IP (External PCU)


In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-11 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-11 Fully configured GMPS (6)
14

15

16

17

18

19

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
Front boards
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

Rear boards

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

08

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

09

8-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.

When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GMPS.

The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1
transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.

For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.2 Configuration of the GMPS (Configuration Type B)


The GMPS is configured in the GBCR. Each BSC must be configured with one GMPS. The
GMPS processes the basic services of the BSC, performs operation and maintenance, and
provides clock signals for the system. The configuration of the boards in the GMPS varies with
the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX,
GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-12 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-12 Fully configured GMPS (1)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

G
E
Rear boards P
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
Front boards P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

G
O
M
U

24

25

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

26

27

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

12

13

Backplane

8-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

11

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)


In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB, GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-13 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-13 Fully configured GMPS (2)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

G
E
Rear boards I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
Front boards
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

22

23

G
O
M
U

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

12

13

Backplane

08

09

10

11

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The
GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional
boards.
Figure 8-14 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-14 Fully configured GMPS (3)

Rear boards

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

09

10

11

12

13

G
O
M
U

Backplane

Front boards

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-17

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)


In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with
the GOMU, GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA,
GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-15 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-15 Fully configured GMPS (4)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

G
E
I
Rear boards
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

04

05

06

07

08

09

G
O
M
U

24

25

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

26

27

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

12

13

Backplane
G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

00

01

02

03

10

11

A over IP (Built-In PCU)


In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GOMU,
GTNU, GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA.
The GXPUT and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-16 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-16 Fully configured GMPS (5)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

G
E
P
Rear boards
U
G

G
E
P
U
G

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
Front boards U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

23

24

25

G
E
H
U
B

G
E
H
U
B

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

09

10

G
O
M
U

26

27

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

11

12

13

Backplane

8-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

A over IP (External PCU)


In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GMPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GGCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-17 shows the fully configured GMPS.
Figure 8-17 Fully configured GMPS (6)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

G
E
Rear boards I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
Front boards P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

22

23

G
O
M
U

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
G
C
U

G
G
C
U

10

11

12

13

Backplane

08

09

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.

When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GMPS.

The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1
transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.

For details on the boards in the GMPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.3 Configuration of the GEPS


The GEPS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The BSC can be configured with zero to three
GEPSs. The GEPS processes the basic services of the BSC. The configuration of the boards in
the GEPS varies with the configuration modes of the BSC subracks.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-19

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Separated (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC separated (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the
GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GDPUX, GXPUT, GEIUB/
GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-18 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-18 Fully configured GEPS (1)
14

15

Rear boards

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

24

25

26

27

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

BM/TC Separated (External PCU)


In BM/TC separated (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, and GXPUM. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB,
GEIUP/GOIUP, and GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
Figure 8-19 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-19 Fully configured GEPS (2)

Rear boards

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

8-20

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

BM/TC Combined (Built-In PCU)


In BM/TC combined (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the
GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, and GEPUG/GFGUG. The GXPUT, GEIUA/
GOIUA, and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-20 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-20 Fully configured GEPS (3)

Rear boards

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

BM/TC Combined (External PCU)


In BM/TC combined (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with
the GTNU, GSCU, GXPUM, and GDPUX. The GXPUT, GEIUA/GOIUA, GEIUB/GOIUB/
GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-21 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-21 Fully configured GEPS (4)
14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
Rear boards E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
X
Front boards P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-21

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

A over IP (Built-In PCU)


In A over IP (built-in PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, GDPUP, GEPUG/GFGUG, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT
and GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB are optional boards.
Figure 8-22 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-22 Fully configured GEPS (5)
14

15

Rear boards

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
H
U
B

G
E
H
U
B

24

25

26

27

Backplane

Front boards

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
P

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

A over IP (External PCU)


In A over IP (external PCU) configuration mode, the GEPS must be configured with the GTNU,
GSCU, GXPUM, GDPUX, and GFGUA/GOGUA. The GXPUT, GEIUB/GOIUB/GEHUB/
GFGUB/GOGUB, and GEIUP/GOIUP are optional boards.
Figure 8-23 shows the fully configured GEPS.
Figure 8-23 Fully configured GEPS (6)

Rear boards

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

G
E
I
U
P

G
E
I
U
P

G
F
G
U
A

G
F
G
U
A

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
E
I
U
B

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
M

G
X
P
U
T

G
X
P
U
T

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

25

26

27

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

8-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GDPUX must be configured in
any of the following conditions: in BM/TC combined configuration mode, in BM/TC
separated configuration mode with the GEHUB/GFGUB/GOGUB configured, or in A over
IP configuration mode.

When the number of TRXs to be supported is greater than 256, a pair of GXPUTs must be
configured in the GEPS.

The A, Abis, Ater, and Pb interfaces support E1/T1, FE/GE, and STM-1 transmissions. The
Gb interface supports E1/T1 and FE/GE transmissions. The previous figures take E1/T1
transmission as examples, where the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUT/GEIUP/GEHUB/GEPUG is
configured.

For details on the boards in the GEPS, refer to 9 BSC Boards.

8.5.4 Configuration of the GTCS


In BM/TC separated configuration mode, the GTCS is configured in the GBCR or GBSR. The
BSC can be configured with zero to four GTCSs. The GTCS performs transcoding, rate
adaptation, and sub-multiplexing.
The GTCS must be configured with the GSCU and GTNU. The GDPUX, GEIUA/GOIUA, and
GEIUT/GOIUT are optional boards.
When the E1/T1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of
4,800 speech paths. Figure 8-24 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Figure 8-24 Fully configured GTCS (1)

Rear boards

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
T

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
E
I
U
A

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

04

05

06

07

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

00

01

02

03

08

When the STM-1 transmission is used on the A interface, one GTCS supports a maximum of
9,600 speech paths. Figure 8-25 shows the fully configured GTCS.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-23

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Figure 8-25 Fully configured GTCS (2)


14

Rear boards

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

G
O
I
U
T

G
O
I
U
T

G
O
I
U
T

G
O
I
U
T

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
O
I
U
A

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
T
N
U

G
T
N
U

G
S
C
U

G
S
C
U

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

G
D
P
U
X

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

Backplane

Front boards

CAUTION
l

The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. The GTCS can be configured with the
GDPUX, GDPUC, or both GDPUX and GDPUC.

For details on the boards in the GTCS, refer to BSC Boards.

8.6 Technical Specifications of the BSC Subrack


The technical specifications of the BSC Subrack consist of the dimensions, height of the available
space, weight of the subrack, and power consumption of the fully configured subrack.

Technical Specifications of the GMPS


Table 8-8 lists the technical specifications of the GMPS.
Table 8-8 Technical specifications of the GMPS

8-24

Specification

Value

Dimensions

530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm


(depth)

Height of the available space in the


subrack

12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inch)

Weight

Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with


boards: 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully


configured subrack

780 W

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

8 BSC Subracks

Technical Specifications of the GEPS


Table 8-9 lists the technical specifications of the GEPS.
Table 8-9 Technical specifications of the GEPS
Specification

Value

Dimensions

530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm


(depth)

Height of the available space

12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight

Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with


boards: 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully


configured subrack

600 W

Technical Specifications of the GTCS


Table 8-10 lists the technical specifications of the GTCS.
Table 8-10 Technical specifications of the GTCS

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Specification

Value

Dimensions

530.6 mm (height) x 436 mm (width) x 480 mm


(depth)

Height of the available space in the


subrack

12 U (1 U = 44.45 mm = 1.75 inches)

Weight

Empty subrack: 25 kg; subrack configured with


boards: 57 kg

Power consumption of the fully


configured subrack

When E1/T1 transmission is used on the A


interface, the maximum power consumption is
700 W. When STM-1 transmission is used on
the A interface, the maximum power
consumption is 970 W.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8-25

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

BSC Boards

About This Chapter


This describes the boards in the BSC.
The logical boards are formed by loading different software to the physical boards. Table 9-1
lists the boards in the BSC.
Table 9-1 Boards in the BSC
Physical Board

Logical Board

Full Spelling of Logical Board

OMUb

GOMU

GSM Operation and Maintenance


Unit

GCUa

GGCU

GSM General Clock Unit

SCUa

GSCU

GSM Switching and Control Unit

TNUa

GTNU

GSM TDM switching Network Unit

XPUa

GXPUM

GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for


Main service

GXPUT

GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for


Transmission

GXPUI

GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for


Computation service

GEIUB

GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aBis

GEIUP

GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for Pb

GEIUT

GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for aTer

GEIUA

GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for A

GOIUB

GSM Optic Interface Unit for aBis

EIUa

OIUa

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Physical Board

Logical Board

Full Spelling of Logical Board

GOIUP

GSM Optic Interface Unit for Pb

GOIUT

GSM Optic Interface Unit for aTer

GOIUA

GSM Optic Interface Unit for A

GFGUA

GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit


ethernet Unit for A

GFGUB

GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit


ethernet Unit for aBis

GFGUG

GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit


ethernet Unit for Gb

GOGUA

GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for


A

GOGUB

GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for


aBis

GEHUB

GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link


Control Unit for aBis

GEPUG

GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for Gb

DPUc

GDPUX

GSM Data Processing Unit for


eXtensible service

DPUd

GDPUP

GSM Data Processing Unit for PS


service

DPUa

GDPUC

GSM Data Processing Unit for CS


service

PFPU

Fan Power Unit

PFCU

Fan Control Unit

PFCB

Fan Control Board

MDMC

Distribution Monitor and


Communication board

WOPB

Overvoltage Protection Board

FG2a

GOUa

PEUa

9.1 GEIUA
The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots
18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/
standby mode.
9.2 GEIUB
The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.3 GEIUP
The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.4 GEIUT
The GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.5 GGCU
The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13
in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.6 GOIUA
The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25
in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.7 GOIUB
The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.8 GOIUP
The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.9 GOIUT
The GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.10 GOMU
This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in
the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25
and 27 in the GMPS.
9.11 GSCU
The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/
GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12 GTNU
The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in
the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.13 GXPUM
The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be
installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14 GXPUT
The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes
signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to
be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3
in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.15 GXPUI
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and
implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does
not work in active/standby mode.
9.16 GFGUA
The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be
installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.17 GFGUB
The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.18 GFGUG
The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be
installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and
work independently.
9.19 GOGUA
The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in
slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.20 GOGUB
The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed
in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.21 GEHUB
The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,
the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode
and work independently.
9.22 GEPUG
The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15
in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.23 GDPUC
The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are
installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface
boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.24 GDPUX
The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in
slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.25 GDPUP
The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13
in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.26 MDMC
9-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power
distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.
Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.27 PAMU
The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution
box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power
distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.28 PFCU
The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCU.
9.29 PFCB
The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCB.
9.30 WOPB
The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution
box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.1 GEIUA
The GEIUA is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots
18-25 in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GEIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/
standby mode.
9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA
The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.1.1 Functions of the GEIUA


The GEIUA enables the E1/T1 transmission on the A interface.
The GEIUA performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.1.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-1 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-1 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel


EIUa

RUN
ALM

TESTOUT 2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

9.1.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-2 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-2 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.1.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-3 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-3 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

9-8

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz


clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference

SMB male connector

TESTOUT

You can modify the register


value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.1.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-2 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-2 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

ON
OFF

S6
8

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

S1

S5
8

ON
OFF

S4
8

ON
OFF

S3

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-4 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-4 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


DIP
Swit
ch

DIP
Bit

Description

Setting
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Value of
DIP Bit
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Setting
for 120ohm
Twisted
Pair
Cable

Value
of DIP
Bit for
120ohm
Twiste
d Pair
Cable

S1

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31

ON

OFF

1-4

Reserved

S3

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

OFF

S5

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

OFF

Table 9-5 describes different switches listed in Table 9-4.

9-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-5 Switch types related to the DIP bits


DIP Switch

Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch

Used to select the logical transmission mode of the


board and to notify the software of the current
transmission mode

Switch used to set the protection


Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals:
end
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l

When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

NOTE

By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.

The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.2 GEIUB
The GEIUB is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB
The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.2.1 Functions of the GEIUB


The GEIUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEIUB performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.2.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-3 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-3 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel


EIUa

RUN
ALM

TESTOUT 2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

9.2.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-6 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-6 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.2.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-7 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-7 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

9-14

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz


clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference

SMB male connector

TESTOUT

You can modify the register


value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.2.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-4 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-4 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

ON
OFF

S6
8

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

S1

S5
8

ON
OFF

S4
8

ON
OFF

S3

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-8 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-8 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


DIP
Swit
ch

DIP
Bit

Description

Setting
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Value of
DIP Bit
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Setting
for 120ohm
Twisted
Pair
Cable

Value
of DIP
Bit for
120ohm
Twiste
d Pair
Cable

S1

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31

ON

OFF

1-4

Reserved

S3

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

OFF

S5

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

OFF

Table 9-9 describes different switches listed in Table 9-8.

9-16

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-9 Switch types related to the DIP bits


DIP Switch

Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch

Used to select the logical transmission mode of the


board and to notify the software of the current
transmission mode

Switch used to set the protection


Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals:
end
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l

When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

NOTE

By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.

The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.3 GEIUP
The GEIUP is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP
The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-17

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.3.1 Functions of the GEIUP


The GEIUP enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GEIUP performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

Processes signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel (LAPD)
protocol

9.3.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-5 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-5 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel


EIUa

RUN
ALM

TESTOUT 2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

9.3.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-10 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-10 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-19

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.3.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-11 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-11 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

9-20

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz


clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference

SMB male connector

TESTOUT

You can modify the register


value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.3.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-6 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-6 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

ON
OFF

S6
8

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

S1

S5
8

ON
OFF

S4
8

ON
OFF

S3

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-12 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-21

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-12 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


DIP
Swit
ch

DIP
Bit

Description

Setting
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Value of
DIP Bit
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Setting
for 120ohm
Twisted
Pair
Cable

Value
of DIP
Bit for
120ohm
Twiste
d Pair
Cable

S1

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31

ON

OFF

1-4

Reserved

S3

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

OFF

S5

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

OFF

Table 9-13 describes different switches listed in Table 9-12.

9-22

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-13 Switch types related to the DIP bits


DIP Switch

Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch

Used to select the logical transmission mode of the


board and to notify the software of the current
transmission mode

Switch used to set the protection


Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals:
end
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l

When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

NOTE

By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.

The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.4 GEIUT
The GEIUT is the GSM E1/T1 Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GEIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT
The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-23

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.

9.4.1 Functions of the GEIUT


The GEIUT enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GEIUT performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol

Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side

9.4.2 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-7 shows the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

9-24

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-7 GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel


EIUa

RUN
ALM

TESTOUT 2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

9.4.3 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-14 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-14 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-25

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.4.4 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same ports. Of the seven ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, one 2M1, and
one TESTOUT.
Table 9-15 describes the ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.
Table 9-15 Ports on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel

9-26

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on
routes 24-31

DB44

2M0 and 2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz


clock signals, used to export the
extracted line clock for system
reference

SMB male connector

TESTOUT

You can modify the register


value to obtain different test
clock signals. By default, the
2.048 MHz clock signals are the
outputs from this port.

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.4.5 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)


The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 9-8 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 9-8 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

ON
OFF

S6
8

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

S1

S5
8

ON
OFF

S4
8

ON
OFF

S3

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 9-16 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-27

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-16 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


DIP
Swit
ch

DIP
Bit

Description

Setting
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Value of
DIP Bit
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Setting
for 120ohm
Twisted
Pair
Cable

Value
of DIP
Bit for
120ohm
Twiste
d Pair
Cable

S1

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31

ON

OFF

1-4

Reserved

S3

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

OFF

S5

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

OFF

Table 9-17 describes different switches listed in Table 9-16.

9-28

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-17 Switch types related to the DIP bits


DIP Switch

Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch

Used to select the logical transmission mode of the


board and to notify the software of the current
transmission mode

Switch used to set the protection


Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals:
end
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l

When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

NOTE

By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.

The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

9.5 GGCU
The GGCU is the general clock unit of the BSC. Two GGCUs should be installed in slots 12-13
in the GMPS and should work in active/standby mode.
9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU
The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
9.5.2 GGCU Panel
The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel
The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,
one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.

9.5.1 Functions of the GGCU


The GGCU provides synchronization clocks for the BSC.
The GGCU performs the following functions:
l

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

The GGCU traces, generates, and retains the synchronous clock signals.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-29

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards
l

The standby GGCU traces the clock phase of the active GGCU. It also ensures that the
clock phase is smooth when an active/standby switchover occurs.

9.5.2 GGCU Panel


The components on the GGCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-9 shows the GGCU panel.
Figure 9-9 GGCU panel
GCUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

0
1
2

4
5

CLKOUT

6
7
8

CLKLIN1CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT

COM1 COM0

PARC

9.5.3 LEDs on the GGCU Panel


There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-18 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.

9-30

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-18 LEDs on the board


LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

9.5.4 Ports on the GGCU Panel


The GGCU panel provides sixteen ports, of which ten ports are labeled CLKOUT, two COM,
one TESTOUT, one TESTIN, and two CLKIN.
Table 9-19 describes the ports on the GGCU panel.
Table 9-19 Ports on the GGCU panel

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Port

Function

Port

CLKOUT 0 to CLKOUT 9

Synchronization clock output


port, used to provide the 8 kHz
clock signals to the CLKIN
port on the GSCU panel

RJ45

COM0 and COM1

Reserved

RJ45

TESTOUT

Reserved

SMB male connector

TESTIN

Input port for testing external


clock signals

SMB male connector

CLKLIN0 and CLKLIN1

Synchronization clock input


port, used to receive the 2.048
MHz clock signals or 2.048
Mbit/s code stream signals

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-31

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.6 GOIUA
The GOIUA is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in slots 18-25
in the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GOIUA can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA
The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.

9.6.1 Functions of the GOIUA


The GOIUA enables the STM-1 transmission on the A interface.
The GOIUA performs the following functions:
l

Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

9.6.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-10 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9-32

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-10 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel


OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

TESTOUT 2M1

2M0

LOS

PARC

9.6.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-20 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-20 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

RUN

Gree
n

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-33

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

LOS

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

Gree
n

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Gree
n

On

The STM-1 port does not receive


signals properly.

Off

The STM-1 port receives signals


properly.

Red

9.6.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-21 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-21 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the


receiving optical port.

LC port

2M0 and
2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for
the system

SMB male
connector

TESTO
UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male
connector

TX

9-34

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.6.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/


GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.
Table 9-22 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-22 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

1,310 nm

Transmission rate

155.52 Mbit/s

155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission
distance

15 km

2 km

Maximum output
optical power

-8 dBm

-14 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-15 dBm

-19 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-31 dBm

-30 dBm

9.7 GOIUB
The GOIUB is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed in slots
18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUB can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB
The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-35

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.

9.7.1 Functions of the GOIUB


The GOIUB enables the STM-1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GOIUB performs the following functions:
l

Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

9.7.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-11 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9-36

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-11 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel


OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

TESTOUT 2M1

2M0

LOS

PARC

9.7.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-23 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-23 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

RUN

Gree
n

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-37

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

LOS

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

Gree
n

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Gree
n

On

The STM-1 port does not receive


signals properly.

Off

The STM-1 port receives signals


properly.

Red

9.7.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-24 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-24 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the


receiving optical port.

LC port

2M0 and
2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for
the system

SMB male
connector

TESTO
UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male
connector

TX

9-38

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.7.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/


GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.
Table 9-25 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-25 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

1,310 nm

Transmission rate

155.52 Mbit/s

155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission
distance

15 km

2 km

Maximum output
optical power

-8 dBm

-14 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-15 dBm

-19 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-31 dBm

-30 dBm

9.8 GOIUP
The GOIUP is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Pb interface. It can be installed in slots
14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GOIUP can be configured in pairs and work in active/standby
mode.
9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP
The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-39

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.

9.8.1 Functions of the GOIUP


The GOIUP enables the STM-1 transmission on the Pb interface.
The GOIUP performs the following functions:
l

Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

9.8.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-12 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9-40

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-12 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel


OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

TESTOUT 2M1

2M0

LOS

PARC

9.8.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-26 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-26 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

RUN

Gree
n

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-41

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

LOS

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

Gree
n

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Gree
n

On

The STM-1 port does not receive


signals properly.

Off

The STM-1 port receives signals


properly.

Red

9.8.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-27 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-27 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the


receiving optical port.

LC port

2M0 and
2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for
the system

SMB male
connector

TESTO
UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male
connector

TX

9-42

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.8.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/


GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.
Table 9-28 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-28 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

1,310 nm

Transmission rate

155.52 Mbit/s

155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission
distance

15 km

2 km

Maximum output
optical power

-8 dBm

-14 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-15 dBm

-19 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-31 dBm

-30 dBm

9.9 GOIUT
The GOIUT is the GSM Optic Interface Unit for the Ater interface. It can be installed in slots
16-17 in the GMPS/GEPS and in slots 14-17 in the GTCS. The GOIUT can be configured in
pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT
The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-43

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.

9.9.1 Functions of the GOIUT


The GOIUT enables the STM-1 transmission on the Ater interface.
The GOIUT performs the following functions:
l

Provides one STM-1 port, which is used for TDM transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

Provides one channelized STM-1 port with the data rate of 155.52 Mbit/s

Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP2 protocol

Provides the OM links when the GTCS is configured on the MSC side

9.9.2 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-13 shows the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.

9-44

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-13 GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel


OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

TESTOUT 2M1

2M0

LOS

PARC

9.9.3 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 9-29 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-29 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

RUN

Gree
n

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-45

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

LOS

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

Gree
n

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Gree
n

On

The STM-1 port does not receive


signals properly.

Off

The STM-1 port receives signals


properly.

Red

9.9.4 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel


This describes the panel of the optical interface boards. The GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP, and
GOIUT use the same physical board but perform different logical functions by loading different
software. These boards have the same ports. Of the four ports, one port is labeled RX/TX, one
2MO, one 2M1, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-30 describes the ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 9-30 Ports on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

TX indicates the transmitting optical port and RX indicates the


receiving optical port.

LC port

2M0 and
2M1

Output ports for the 2.048 MHz clock reference, used to export
the extracted line clock and take it as the reference clock for
the system

SMB male
connector

TESTO
UT

You can modify the register value to obtain different test clock
signals. By default, the 2.048 MHz clock signals are generated
from this port and taken as the system test clock.

SMB male
connector

TX

9-46

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.9.5 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/


GOIUT(OIUa)
The technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT consist of the optical port
mode, optical port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and
receiver sensitivity.
Table 9-31 lists the technical specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT.
Table 9-31 Technical Specifications of the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT
Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

1,310 nm

Transmission rate

155.52 Mbit/s

155.52 Mbit/s

Transmission
distance

15 km

2 km

Maximum output
optical power

-8 dBm

-14 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-15 dBm

-19 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-31 dBm

-30 dBm

9.10 GOMU
This describes the GSM Operation and Maintenance Unit (GOMU). It serves as the server in
the BSC and works in active/standby mode. It can be installed in either slots 20-23 or slots 25
and 27 in the GMPS.
9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU
As the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and
the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data
processing capability.
9.10.2 GOMU Panel
The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel
The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three
GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and one
VGA port.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-47

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.10.1 Functions of the GOMU


As the OM center of the BSC, the GOMU enables the communication between the LMT and
the other boards in the BSC. The GOMU features high computation speed and outstanding data
processing capability.
The GOMU performs the following functions:
l

Controls the communication between the LMT computer and the other boards in the BSC,
facilitates the data configuration, and collects and filters the performance and alarm data

Processes the commands issued by the LMT computer/M2000, and then forwards the
commands to the other boards in the BSC for processing

Filters the results from the other boards in the BSC, and then returns the results to the LMT
computer

9.10.2 GOMU Panel


The components on the GOMU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-14 shows the GOMU panel.
Figure 9-14 GOMU panel
1
OMUb

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
18

(1) Screw

9-48

(2) Wrench

(3) Self-locking latch

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

(4) RUN LED

(5) ALM LED

(6) ACT LED

(7) Reset button

(8) SHUTDOWN button

(9) USB port

(10) ETH0 (Ethernet port)

(11) ETH1 (Ethernet port)

(12) ETH2 (Ethernet port)

(13) COM port

(14) VGA port

(15) HD LED

(16) OFFLINE LED

(17) Hard disk

(18) Screw for fixing the hard disk

NOTE

The self-locking latch on the panel is used to fasten the ejector lever of the board.

The RESET button on the panel is used to reset the system.

To power off the GOMU, you should first unfold the upper and lower handles. After the OFFLINE
LED is on, disconnect the power.

A COM port is on the panel for conenction to alarm box.

Do not perform any operation on the SHUTDOWN button on the GOMU panel; otherwise, the
GOMU board may power off abnormally.

9.10.3 LEDs on the GOMU Panel


There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 9-32 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-32 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading


data.

On

There is power input


but the board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input


or the board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in


active mode.

Off

The board works in


standby mode.

On

The board can be


removed.

Off

The board cannot be


removed.

ALM

ACT

OFFLINE

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Red

Green

Blue

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-49

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

Color

HD

Green

Status

Meaning

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The status of the board


is switching.

Blinking

The hard disk is


performing read and
write functions.

Off

The hard disk is not


performing read and
write functions.

9.10.4 Ports on the GOMU Panel


The ports on the GOMU panel consist of four USB ports (labeled USB0-1 and USB2-3), three
GE ports (labeled ETH0, ETH1, and ETH2), one serial port COM-ALM/COM-BMC, and one
VGA port.
Table 9-33 describes the ports on the GOMU panel.
Table 9-33 Ports on the GOMU panel
Port

Function

Connector

USB0-1 and USB2-3

It is used to connect the USB


equipment.

ETH0 to ETH2

These are the GE ports.

RJ45

COM-ALM/COM-BMC

Serial port. They are used for


system commissioning or
general application.

DB-9

VGA port

Video connector

9.11 GSCU
The GSCU is the GSM Switching and Control Unit. It is installed in slots 6-7 in the GMPS/
GEPS/GTCS. The GSCU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU
The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
9.11.2 GSCU Panel
The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel
9-50

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASET, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.

9.11.1 Functions of the GSCU


The GSCU provides an OM and GE switching platform for the subrack where it is located.
The GSCU performs the following functions:
l

Maintains and manages the subrack where the GSCU is located

Provides a GE switching platform for the boards located in the subrack

Provides clock information for the boards (excluding the GGCU, GXPUT, and GXPUM)
in the subrack

9.11.2 GSCU Panel


The components on the GSCU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-15 shows the GSCU panel.
Figure 9-15 GSCU panel
SCUa

RUN
ALM
ACT
RESET
LINK
ACT

0
1
2

LINK
ACT

4
5

10/100/1000BASE-T

6
7
LINK
ACT

8
9
10

CLKIN

COM

11

TESTOUT

PARC

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-51

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.11.3 LEDs on the GSCU Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-34 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-34 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

Table 9-35 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-35 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that the link is
connected

Off

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that the link is
disconnected

Blinking

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that there is a data
flow

Off

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that there is no data
flow

ACT

9-52

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.11.4 Ports on the GSCU Panel


The GSCU panel provides fifteen ports, of which twelve ports are labeled 10/100/1000BASET, one COM, one CLKIN, and one TESTOUT.
Table 9-36 describes the ports on the GSCU panel.
Table 9-36 Ports on the GSCU panel
Port

Function

Port

10/100/100
0BASE-T0
to
10/100/100
0BASE-T9

10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect


subracks

RJ45

10/100/100
0BASET10 to
10/100/100
0BASET11

10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet ports, used to connect to the


GBAM (Only the main subrack is connected to the GBAM/
GOMU.)

RJ45

COM

Debugging port

RJ45

CLKIN

Clock source port, used to receive the 8 kHz clock signals


from the GGCU panel

RJ45

TESTOUT

Clock test signal port, used to generate clock signals

SMB male
connector

9.12 GTNU
The GTNU is the GSM TDM switching network unit in the BSC. It is installed in slots 4-5 in
the GMPS/GEPS/GTCS. The GTNU is configured in pairs and work in active/standby mode.
9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU
The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
9.12.2 GTNU Panel
The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel
The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,

9.12.1 Functions of the GTNU


The GTNU serves as the switching center for the CS services of the entire system.
The GTNU performs the following functions:
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-53

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards
l

Provides 128Kx128K TDM switching

Allocates TDM network resources, and sets up and releases network connections

9.12.2 GTNU Panel


The components on the GTNU panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-16 shows the GTNU panel.
Figure 9-16 GTNU panel
TNUa

RUN
ALM

TDM5

TDM4

TDM3

TDM2

TDM1

TDM0

ACT

PARC

9.12.3 LEDs on the GTNU Panel


There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-37 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.

9-54

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-37 LEDs on the board


LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

9.12.4 Ports on the GTNU Panel


The GTNU panel provides six ports labeled TDM0-TDM5,
Table 9-38 describes the ports on the GTNU panel.
Table 9-38 Ports on the GTNU panel
Port

Function

Port

TDM0 to TDM5

TDM high-speed serial ports,


used for GTNU
interconnections between
subracks

DB14

NOTE

The BSC supports the inter-GTNU connections between the GMPS and the GEPS. It also supports the
inter-GTNU connections between GTCSs.

9.13 GXPUM
The GXPUM is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Main service in the BSC. It can be
installed in slots 0-1 in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM
The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-55

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.13.1 Functions of the GXPUM


The GXPUM processes the primary services of the BSC.
The GXPUM performs the following functions:
l

Provides paging control

Provides System Information management

Provides channel assignment

Provides BTS public service management

Provides voice call control

Provides packet service control

Provides handover control

Provides power control

Interfaces with the Cell Broadcast Center (CBC) on behalf of the BSC

Stores cell broadcast messages

Schedules cell broadcast messages, which are transmitted on the Cell Broadcast Channels
(CBCHs)

Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

9.13.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-17 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

9-56

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-17 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel


XPUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

0
1
2
3

PARC

9.13.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-39 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-39 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-57

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.

9.13.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-40 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-40 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port

Function

Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports

RJ45

9.14 GXPUT
The GXPUT is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Transmission in the BSC and processes
signals according to the LAPD protocol and SS7 MTP3 protocol. When the number of TRXs to
be supported by the GMPS/GEPS is greater than 256, the GXPUT can be installed in slots 2-3
in the GMPS/GEPS and work in active/standby mode.
9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT
The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel
(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
9-58

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to


10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.14.1 Functions of the GXPUT


The GXPUT processes the signals according to the Link Access Procedure on the D channel
(LAPD) protocol and the SS7 MTP3 protocol.
The GXPUT performs the following functions:
l

Processes signals according to the LAPD protocol

Processes signals according to the SS7 MTP3 protocol

9.14.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-18 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Figure 9-18 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
XPUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

0
1
2
3

PARC

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-59

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.14.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-41 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-41 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.

9.14.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-42 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-42 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel

9-60

Port

Function

Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports

RJ45

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.15 GXPUI
The GXPUI is the GSM eXtensible Processing Unit for Computation service in the BSC and
implements the IBCA algorithm. It can be configured in slots 2-3 in the GMPS/GEPS and does
not work in active/standby mode.
9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI
The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.

9.15.1 Functions of the GXPUI


The GXPUI performs the following functions: Implements the IBCA algorithm.
The GXPUI performs the following functions:
l

Implements the IBCA algorithm.

9.15.2 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The components on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel are the LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-19 shows the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-61

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-19 GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel


XPUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

0
1
2
3

PARC

9.15.3 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 9-43 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-43 LEDs on the board

9-62

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

9 BSC Boards

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.

9.15.4 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


The GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel provides four ports labeled 10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3.
Table 9-44 describes the ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 9-44 Ports on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel
Port

Function

Port

10/100/1000BASE-T0 to
10/100/1000BASE-T3

Provides 10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet ports

RJ45

9.16 GFGUA
The GFGUA is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be
installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUA can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA
The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-63

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9.16.1 Functions of the GFGUA


The GFGUA enables the FE/GE transmission on the A interface.
The GFGUA performs the following functions:
l

Provides IP routing

Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing

Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)

Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link

9.16.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-20 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

9-64

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-20 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel


FG2a

RUN
ALM

2M1 2M0

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

ACT

PARC

9.16.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-45 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-45 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-65

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Table 9-46 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-46 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

The link is connected.

Off

The link is disconnected.

Blinking

Data is being transmitted through


the port.

Off

No data is being transmitted


through the port.

ACT

Orange

9.16.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-47 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-47 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel

9-66

Port

Function

Port

FE

The 10/100 Ethernet


ports are used to
transmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.

RJ45

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Port

Function

Port

FE/GE

The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0

Reserved

2M1

Reserved

NOTE

The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered
0 to 7.

The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.

9.17 GFGUB
The GFGUB is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. If the BSC need not process packet services, the
GFGUB can be installed in slots 14-15. The GFGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB
The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9.17.1 Functions of the GFGUB


The GFGUB enables the FE/GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GFGUB performs the following functions:
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-67

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards
l

Provides IP routing

Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing

Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

9.17.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-21 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Figure 9-21 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a

RUN
ALM

2M1 2M0

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

ACT

PARC

9.17.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
9-68

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-48 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-48 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

Table 9-49 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-49 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

The link is connected.

Off

The link is disconnected.

Blinking

Data is being transmitted through


the port.

Off

No data is being transmitted


through the port.

ACT

Orange

9.17.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-50 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-69

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-50 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel


Port

Function

Port

FE

The 10/100 Ethernet


ports are used to
transmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.

RJ45

FE/GE

The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0

Reserved

2M1

Reserved

NOTE

The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered
0 to 7.

The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.

9.18 GFGUG
The GFGUG is the GSM Fast ethernet and Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be
installed in slots 14-15 in the GMPS/GEPS. The GFGUG can work in active/standby mode and
work independently.
9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG
The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.
9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.

9-70

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.18.1 Functions of the GFGUG


The GFGUG enables the FE/GE transmission on the Gb interface.
The GFGUG performs the following functions:
l

Provides IP routing

Provides the routing-based backup and load sharing

Provides eight FE ports or two GE ports logically, which are used for IP transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

9.18.2 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-22 shows the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Figure 9-22 GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
FG2a

RUN
ALM

2M1 2M0

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

10/100M 10/100M 10/100M 10/100/1000M

ACT

PARC

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-71

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.18.3 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 9-51 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-51 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

Table 9-52 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-52 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

The link is connected.

Off

The link is disconnected.

Blinking

Data is being transmitted through


the port.

Off

No data is being transmitted


through the port.

ACT

9-72

Orange

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.18.4 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same ports. Of the ten ports, six ports are labeled FE, two FE/GE, one 2M0, and one 2M1.
Table 9-53 describes the ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 9-53 Ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel
Port

Function

Port

FE

The 10/100 Ethernet


ports are used to
transmit 10/100 Mbit/s
signals.

RJ45

FE/GE

The 10/100/1000
Ethernet ports are used
to transmit 10/100/1000
Mbit/s signals.

RJ45

2M0

Reserved

2M1

Reserved

NOTE

The GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel provides eight Ethernet ports in two groups. The four Ethernet
ports in each group are physically numbered 0 to 3. Logically, the eight Ethernet ports are numbered
0 to 7.

The eight Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel can logically provide eight FE ports
or two GE ports for IP transmission. The two ports labeled FE/GE can provide either GE transmission
or FE transmission. Note that the eight FE ports and the two GE ports of the same interface board
cannot be used simultaneously.

9.19 GOGUA
The GOGUA is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the A interface. It can be installed in
slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUA
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUA can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA
The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-73

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.

9.19.1 Functions of the GOGUA


The GOGUA enables the GE transmission on the A interface.
The GOGUA performs the following functions:
l

Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

Supports virtual local area network (VLAN)

Supports the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) of a single hop link

9.19.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-23 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.

9-74

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-23 GOGUA/GOGUB panel


GOUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

2M1 2M0

RX
TX

PARC

9.19.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-54 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-54 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-75

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

Color

ALM

Red

ACT

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.19.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-55 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-55 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

Optical ports, used to


receive and transmit optical
signals. TX indicates the
transmitting optical port and
RX indicates the receiving
optical port.

LC/PC

2M0

Reserved.

2M1

Reserved.

TX

9.19.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)


The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.
Table 9-56 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.
Table 9-56 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB

9-76

Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Specification

Value

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

850 nm

Transmission rate

1.25 Gbit/s

2.125 Gbit/s

Transmission
distance

10 km

0.5 km

Maximum output
optical power

-3 dBm

-2.5 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-9.5 dBm

-9.5 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-20 dBm

-17 dBm

9.20 GOGUB
The GOGUB is the GSM Optic Gigabit ethernet Unit for the Abis interface. It can be installed
in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services, the GOGUB
can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GOGUB can work in active/standby mode and work
independently.
9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB
The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)
The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.

9.20.1 Functions of the GOGUB


The GOGUB enables the GE transmission on the Abis interface.
The GOGUB performs the following functions:
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-77

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards
l

Provides two GE optical ports, which are used for IP transmission

Provides Automatic Protection Switching (APS) function to enable switchover between


the optical channel links of the active and standby boards.

9.20.2 GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-24 shows the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Figure 9-24 GOGUA/GOGUB panel
GOUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX
TX

2M1 2M0

RX
TX

PARC

9.20.3 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-57 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
9-78

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-57 LEDs on the board


LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

9.20.4 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the four ports, two ports are labeled RX/TX, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-58 describes the ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 9-58 Ports on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel
Port

Function

Port

RX

Optical ports, used to


receive and transmit optical
signals. TX indicates the
transmitting optical port and
RX indicates the receiving
optical port.

LC/PC

2M0

Reserved.

2M1

Reserved.

TX

9.20.5 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa)


The technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB consist of the optical port mode, optical
port type, wavelength, transmission rate, transmission distance, output power, and receiver
sensitivity.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-79

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-59 lists the technical specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB.


Table 9-59 Technical Specifications of the GOGUA/GOGUB
Specification

Value

Optical port mode

Single mode

Multimode

Optical port type

LC/PC

LC/PC

Central wavelength

1,310 nm

850 nm

Transmission rate

1.25 Gbit/s

2.125 Gbit/s

Transmission
distance

10 km

0.5 km

Maximum output
optical power

-3 dBm

-2.5 dBm

Minimum output
optical power

-9.5 dBm

-9.5 dBm

Maximum receiver
sensitivity

-20 dBm

-17 dBm

9.21 GEHUB
The GEHUB is the GSM E1/T1 High level Data Link Control Unit for the Abis interface. It can
be installed in slots 18-27 in the GMPS/GEPS. When the BSC need not process packet services,
the GEHUB can also be installed in slots 14-15. The GEHUB can work in active/standby mode
and work independently.
9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB
The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
9-80

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.21.1 Functions of the GEHUB


The GEHUB enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Abis interface.
The GEHUB performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for HDLC/Hub BTS transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.21.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-25 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Figure 9-25 GEHUB/GEPUG panel
PEUa

RUN
ALM

2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-81

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.21.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-60 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-60 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

9.21.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-61 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-61 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel

9-82

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
8-15

DB44

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
24-31

DB44

2M0

One of the two clock signal output


ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector

2M1

One of the two clock signal output


ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector

9.21.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-26 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-83

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-26 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S2
S4
S8
S6

8
1

1
8

ON
OFF

OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON

ON S10
OFF

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

NOTE

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-26, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting
ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 9-62 and Table 9-63 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Table 9-62 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)

9-84

DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

Table 9-63 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)


DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,
OFF)

(0, 1)

NOTE

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of
S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-85

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.22 GEPUG
The GEPUG is the GSM E1/T1 Packet Unit for the Gb interface. It can be installed in slots 14-15
in the GMPS/GEPS. The GEPUG can work in active/standby mode and work independently.
9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG
The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

9.22.1 Functions of the GEPUG


The GEPUG enables the E1/T1 transmission on the Gb interface.
The GEPUG performs the following functions:
l

Provides four E1/T1 electrical ports, which are used for FR transmission

Provides Tributary Protect Switch (TPS) function to enable switchover between the
physical links of the active and standby boards.

Transmits and receives 32 E1/T1 signals, and encodes and decodes the E1/T1 signals (The
E1 transmission rate is 2.048 Mbit/s and the T1 transmission rate is 1.544 Mbit/s.)

9.22.2 GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same
appearance and the same LEDs and ports.
Figure 9-27 shows the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.

9-86

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-27 GEHUB/GEPUG panel


PEUa

RUN
ALM

2M1 2M0

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23)

E1/T1(24~31)

ACT

PARC

9.22.3 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-64 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-64 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-87

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

9.22.4 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same ports. Of
the six ports, four ports are labeled E1/T1, one 2MO, and one 2M1.
Table 9-65 describes the ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 9-65 Ports on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel

9-88

Port

Function

Port

E1/T1 (0-7)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
0-7

DB44

E1/T1 (8-15)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
8-15

DB44

E1/T1 (16-23)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
16-23

DB44

E1/T1 (24-31)

E1/T1 port, used to transmit and


receive the E1/T1 signals on routes
24-31

DB44

2M0

One of the two clock signal output


ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector

2M1

One of the two clock signal output


ports, used to extract the 2 MHz line
clock signals from the upper-level
devices, send them to the GGCU, and
take them as the system clock source.

SMB male connector

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.22.5 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 9-28 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
Figure 9-28 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S2
S4
S8
S6

8
1

1
8

(1) Sub-board

ON
OFF

OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON

ON S10
OFF

(2) Bottom plate

NOTE

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 9-28, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting
ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 9-66 and Table 9-67 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-89

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Table 9-66 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)


DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

Table 9-67 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)

9-90

DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,
OFF)

(0, 1)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

NOTE

When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of
S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

9.23 GDPUC
The GDPUC is the CS service processing unit in the BSC. When E1/T1 interface boards are
installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 9 to 13. When STM-1 interface
boards are installed in the GTCS, the GDPUC can be installed in slots 1 to 3 and slots 8 to 13.
9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)
The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.

9.23.1 Functions of the GDPUC(DPUa)


The GDPUC processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUC performs the following functions:
l

Encodes and decodes voice signals

Provides data service rate adaptation

Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) functions


When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are
encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.
This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.

Provides voice enhancement function

Detects voice faults automatically

9.23.2 GDPUC(DPUa) Panel


The components on the GDPUC panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-29 shows the GDPUC panel.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-91

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-29 GDPUC panel


DPUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

PARC

9.23.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 9-68 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 9-68 LEDs on the board

9-92

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

9 BSC Boards

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the board


is faulty.

9.24 GDPUX
The GDPUX is the GSM Data Processing Unit for eXtensible services. It can be installed in
slots 8-11 in the GMPS; slots 0-3, 8-13, and 14-27 in the GEPS; and slots 0-3, 8-13 in the GTCS.
9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)
The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.24.1 Functions of the GDPUX(DPUc)


The GDPUX processes voice services and data services.
The GDPUX inherits all the functions of the GDPUC. It performs the following functions:
l

Provides format conversion for 3740 IP speech paths and HDLC optimized speech paths
as well as data forwarding
The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the
following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, A over IP and Abis over IP, or A over
IP and Abis over HDLC.

Encodes and decodes the signals transmitted over a maximum of 960 speech paths
The GDPUX in the GMPS/GEPS performs the function mentioned above in any of the
following configuration modes: BM/TC combined, or A over IP and Abis over TDM. The
GDPUX in the GTCS performs the function mentioned above in the BM/TC separated
configuration mode.

Provides Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function


When the calling and called MSs use one voice coding scheme, the voice signals are
encoded only once at the originating MS and decoded only once at the terminating MS.
This reduces repeated encoding and decoding and improves the quality of speech services.

Provides voice enhancement function

Detects voice faults automatically

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-93

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.24.2 GDPUX(DPUc) Panel


The components on the GDPUX panel are the LEDs.
Figure 9-30 shows the GDPUX panel.
Figure 9-30 GDPUX panel
DPUc

RUN
ALM
ACT

PARC

9.24.3 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-69 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 9-69 LEDs on the board

9-94

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

9 BSC Boards

Status

Meaning

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

9.25 GDPUP
The GDPUP is the GSM Data Processing Unit for PS services. It can be installed in slots 8-13
in the GMPS/GEPS.
9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)
The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.

9.25.1 Functions of the GDPUP(DPUd)


The GDPUP processes the packet services for the BSC.
The GDPUP performs the following functions:
l

Processes the packet services on up to 1,024 simultaneously active PDCHs where signals
are coded in MCS9

Processes packet links

Detects packet faults automatically

9.25.2 GDPUP(DPUd) Panel


The GDPUP board has only LEDs on its panel.
Figure 9-31 shows the GDPUP panel.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-95

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-31 GDPUP panel


DPUd

RUN
ALM
ACT

PARC

9.25.3 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 9-70 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 9-70 LEDs on the board

9-96

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for


1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and


off for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

LED

ALM

ACT

Color

Red

Green

9 BSC Boards

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

9.26 MDMC
The MDMC is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC common power
distribution box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR.
Each power distribution box should be configured with one MDMC.
9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC
The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.26.2 MDMC Panel
The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC
There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.

9.26.1 Functions of the MDMC


The MDMC is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The MDMC performs the following functions:
l

Detects two -48 V inputs

Detects signals from one external temperature sensor

Detects signals from one external humidity sensor

Detects signals from two lightning protection devices

Detects the status of six power output switches

Generates and reports audible and visual alarms

Communicates with the GSCU, reports the status of the power distribution box, and
exchanges the OM information with the GSCU

9.26.2 MDMC Panel


The components on the MDMC are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-32 shows the MDMC panel.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-97

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-32 MDMC panel

RUN
ALM

ON

OFF

(1) Mute switch

NOTE

The mute switch is used to control the audible alarm of the power distribution box.
l

If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a
fault.

If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it
detects a fault.

9.26.3 LEDs on the MDMC Panel


There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-71 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 9-71 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the


GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off

There is no power supply or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

There is an alarm. When the board is


starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.

ALM

9-98

Red

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.26.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC


There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the MDMC
1

S2

ON
OFF

S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.


To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table
9-72.
Table 9-72 Setting of S2
Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

1 (the most significant


bit)

ON

ON

ON

4 (the least significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
9-72.

9.27 PAMU
The PAMU is the power monitoring communication board for the BSC high-power distribution
box. It is configured in the power distribution box at the top of the GBCR/GBSR. Each power
distribution box should be configured with one PAMU.
9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU
The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
9.27.2 PAMU Panel
The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-99

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.

9.27.1 Functions of the PAMU


The PAMU is used to monitor the BSC power distribution box.
The PAMU performs the following functions:
l

Detects the voltage of six -48 V power inputs and generates alarms (only four inputs are
used by the BSC)

Detects the status of the power switches for 20 power outputs and reports alarms

Enables the switchover when faults occur in the serial port communication, and
communicates with the GSCU

Provides two RS485 and two RS232 asynchronous serial ports

9.27.2 PAMU Panel


The components on the PAMU are the LEDs and mute switch.
Figure 9-34 shows the PAMU panel.
Figure 9-34 PAMU panel

RUN

ALM

MUTE

(1) RUN LED

9-100

(2) ALM LED

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

(3) Mute switch

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

NOTE

The mute switch determines whether to turn off the alarm sound of the power distribution box.
l

If you set the switch to ON, the power distribution box generates an audible alarm when it detects a
fault.

If you set the switch to OFF, the power distribution box does not generate an audible alarm when it
detects a fault.

9.27.3 LEDs on the PAMU Panel


There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 9-73 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 9-73 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the


GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off

There is no power supply or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

There is an alarm. When the board is


starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.

ALM

Red

9.27.4 DIP Switch on the PAMU


There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 9-35 DIP switch on the PAMU

ON

SW1 OFF

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-101

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
9-74.
Table 9-74 Settings of SW1
Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

1 (the most significant


bit)

ON

ON

ON

4 (the least significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
9-74.

9.28 PFCU
The PFCU is the fan control unit. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCU.
9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU
The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.

9.28.1 Functions of the PFCU


The PFCU is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCU performs the following functions:
l

Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box
through the LEDs

Communicates with the GSCU and reports the working status of the fan box

Detects the temperature of the fan box and collects temperature data through a temperature
sensor

Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment

Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs

9.28.2 DIP Switch on the PFCU


There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
Figure 9-36 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.
9-102

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

Figure 9-36 DIP switch on the PFCU

1 4

SW1

ON
OFF

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.
To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
9-75.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the
address of the PFCU is 1.
Table 9-75 Settings of S1
Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

SW1

1 (the least significant


bit)

OFF

ON

ON

4 (the most significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-75.

9.29 PFCB
The PFCB is the fan control board. It is installed in the front of a fan box. Each fan box must be
configured with one PFCB.
9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB
The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB
The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins
are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .

9.29.1 Functions of the PFCB


The PFCB is used to monitor the fan box.
The PFCB performs the following functions:
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-103

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards
l

Monitors the operating status of the fans and indicates the current status of the fan box
through the LEDs

Reports the operating status of the fan box and receives the instructions on adjusting the
fan speed

Adjusts the fan speed intelligently according to the temperature data collected by the
temperature sensor

Provides Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) control signals for fan speed adjustment

Reports the operating status and alarms of the fan box through the LEDs

9.29.2 Jumper Pins on the PFCB


The PFCB provides eight pairs of pins for jumpers. After being connected to jumpers, these pins
are used to set the address and working mode of the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 shows the jumper pins on the PFCB .
Figure 9-37 Jumper pins on the PFCB

16

15

J3
1

J2

To set the address, pull out the fan box. Then, set the jumper pins as described in Table 9-76.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the
address of the PFCB is 1.
Table 9-76 Setting of the pins
PIN NO.

1-2

3-4

5-6

7-8

9-10

11-12

13-14

15-16

Whether
the jumper
is inserted

NOTE

In the BSC, the pins on the PFCB must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 9-76.

9-104

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

9 BSC Boards

9.30 WOPB
The WOPB is the overvoltage protection board in the BSC. It is placed in the power distribution
box. Each Common power distribution box should be configured with one WOPB.
9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB
This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the
BSC.

9.30.1 Functions of the WOPB


This describes the functions of the WOPB. The WOPB provides overvoltage protection for the
BSC.
The WOPB performs the following functions:
l

Suppresses differential-mode surge voltage

Suppresses common-mode surge voltage

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9-105

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10

BSC Cables

About This Chapter


This describes the cables of the BSC.
NOTE

For details on how to install the BSC cables, refer to Installing the BSC Signal Cables and Installing the
Power Cables and PGND Cables of the BSC.

Table 10-1 lists the cables used by the BSC.


Table 10-1 List of BSC cables
Type

Cable Name

Power cables and PGND


cables

Power cables and PGND cables for the cabinet


Power cables and PGND cables for the subrack
Other PGND cables

E1/T1 cable

Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable


Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable

Service interconnection
cable

Inter-GTNU cable

Optical cable

LC/PC-LC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable


LC/PC-FC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable
LC/PC-SC/PC-single-mode/multi-mode optical cable

Ethernet cable

Straight-through Ethernet cable


Crossover cable

Clock cables

BITS clock signal cable


Y-shaped clock cable

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Type

Cable Name

Other signal cables

Signal cable
of the alarm box
PDB monitoring signal cable
RS485 communication cable
GOMU serial port cable

10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable


The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby
75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It
is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other
NEs.
10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable
The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits
E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the
DDF or other NEs.
10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable
The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be
configured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs
in different subracks.
10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It
transmits optical signals.
10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable
The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
10.7 Crossover Cable
The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be
configured depends on site requirements.
10.8 Straight-Through Cable
The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straightthrough cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
10-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable


The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be
configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to
the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into
75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.
10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable
The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to
be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock
signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box
The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.
You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to
transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.
10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable
The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals
from the PDB to the service subracks.
10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable
The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.
10.14 GOMU serial port cable
The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.
10.15 BSC Power Cable
The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The
power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
10.16 BSC PGND cable
The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,
PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for
the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10.1 Active/Standby 75-Ohm Coaxial Cable


The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable is a type of E1/T1 cables. The number of active/standby
75-ohm coaxial cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits E1 signals. It
is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the DDF or other
NEs.

Cable Structure
The active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable has 2x8 wires. That is, two active/standby 75-ohm
coaxial cables form one group and each cable contains eight micro coaxial cables. The 16 micro
coaxial cables bear eight E1 RX and TX links.
Figure 10-1 shows the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
Figure 10-1 Active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable
3
A

W4

B
Pos.44

Pos.44

4
W1

A
5
Pos.1

W2
X2

W3

X1

Pos.1

2
5

(1) DB44 connector

(2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)

(3) Label 1 (identifying one coaxial cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and information
about the cable manufacturer)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one coaxial cable)

As shown in Figure 10-1, W3 and W4 are 75-ohm coaxial cables; W1 and W2 are 100-ohm
twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the active/
standby GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG.
Table 10-2 describes the mapping between the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable and the pins
of the DB44 connector.

10-4

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Table 10-2 Mapping between the micro coaxial cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
X1

W3

Remark
s

X1

W4

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Micro
Coaxial
Cable

38

Ring

23

Tip

37

Ring

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Micro
Coaxial
Cable

R1

15

Ring

T1

30

Tip

14

Ring

T2

22

Tip

29

Tip

36

Ring

13

Ring

T3

21

Tip

28

Tip

35

Ring

12

Ring

T4

20

Tip

27

Tip

34

Ring

11

Ring

T5

19

Tip

26

Tip

33

Ring

10

Ring

T6

18

Tip

25

Tip

32

Ring

Ring

T7

17

Tip

24

Tip

31

Ring

Ring

T8

16

Tip

Tip

Shell

Outer Braid of Whole Cable

Shell

Outer Braid of Whole Cable

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

Remark
s

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-2, T1 indicates the first-route TX link, and R1 indicates the first-route RX link.
Similarly, RN indicates the Nth-route RX link, and TN indicates the Nth-route TX link.

Table 10-3 describes the signals of the micro coaxial cables listed in Table 10-2.
Table 10-3 Mapping between the signals and the bearing media

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Signal Label

Bearing Media

Ring

Shielding layer of the coaxial cable

Tip

Wire of the coaxial cable

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Table 10-4 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and
the pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-4 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
W2

W1

Pin of X1
Connector

Pin of X2
Connector

Remarks

Pin of X1
Connector

Pin of X2
Connector

Remarks

38

38

PAIR

15

15

PAIR

23

23

30

30

37

37

14

14

22

22

29

29

36

36

13

13

21

21

28

28

35

35

12

12

20

20

27

27

34

34

11

11

19

19

26

26

33

33

10

10

18

18

25

25

32

32

17

17

24

24

31

31

16

16

Shell

Shell

Shell

Shell

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

Braid

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

Braid

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-4, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding
layer of the twisted pair cable.

Installation Position
The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable are fixed to
the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG. The other
end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other NEs
through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the 75-ohm active/standby coaxial
cable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-2 shows the installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable.
10-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-2 Installation position of the active/standby 75-ohm coaxial cable


75-ohm coaxial cable
(active/standby)

DDF

EIUa

EIUa

DB44
connector
E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31)
E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31)

DB44
connector

PARC

PARC

Active

Standby

10.2 Active/Standby 120-Ohm Twisted Pair Cable


The active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is a type of E1/T1 cable. The number of active/
standby 120-ohm twisted pair cables to be configured depends on site requirements. It transmits
E1/T1 signals. It is used to connect the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG to the
DDF or other NEs.

Cable Structure
Figure 10-3 shows the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-3 Active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable


3
A

W4

1
Pos.44

Pos.44

4
W1

A
5
Pos.1

W2

X
2

W3

X1

Pos.1

2
5

(1) DB44 connector

(2) Shell (metal shell of the DB44 connector)

(3) Label 1 (identifying one twisted pair cable) (4) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and
manufacturer information about the cable)
(5) Label 2 (identifying one twisted pair cable)

As shown in Figure 10-3, W3 and W4 are 120-ohm twisted pair cables; W1 and W2 are 100ohm twisted pair cables; X1 and X2 are DB44 connectors, which should be connected to the
active and standby boards.
Table 10-5 describes the mapping between the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable and
the pins of the DB44 connector.
Table 10-5 Mapping between the 120-ohm twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44
connector

10-8

X1

W3

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Identifi
er of
Twiste
d Pair
Wire

38

Ring/R-

R1

23

Tip/R+

37

Ring/R-

22

Tip/R+

36

Ring/R-

21

Tip/R+

35

Ring/R-

20

Tip/R+

Color

R2

R3

R4

X1

W4

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Identifi
er of
Twiste
d Pair
Wire

Blue

15

Ring/R-

T1

White

30

Tip/R+

Orange

14

Ring/R-

White

29

Tip/R+

Green

13

Ring/R-

White

28

Tip/R+

Brown

12

Ring/R-

White

27

Tip/R+

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Color

Blue
White

T2

Orange
White

T3

Green
White

T4

Brown
White

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

X1

W3

Color

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Identifi
er of
Twiste
d Pair
Wire

34

Ring/T-

R5

19

Tip/T+

33

Ring/T-

18

Tip/T+

32

Ring/T-

17

Tip/T+

31

Ring/T-

16

Tip/T+

Shell

Outer Braid of Whole Cable

R6

R7

R8

X1

W4

Color

Pin of
DB44
Connec
tor

Signal

Identifi
er of
Twiste
d Pair
Wire

Gray

11

Ring/T-

T5

White

26

Tip/T+

Blue

10

Ring/T-

Red

25

Tip/T+

Orange

Ring/T-

Red

24

Tip/T+

Green

Ring/T-

Red

Tip/T+

Shell

Outer Braid of Whole Cable

Gray
White

T6

Blue
Red

T7

Orange
Red

T8

Green
Red

NOTE

In Table 10-5, either R- and R+ or T- and T+ stand for a pair of transmission and reception signals.

Table 10-6 describes the signals listed in Table 10-5.


Table 10-6 Pins at both ends of the twisted pair cable
Signal Label

Bearing Media

Ring/R-

One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC

Tip/R+

One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals to the BSC

Ring/T-

One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the


BSC

Tip/T+

One wire of a twisted pair transmitting E1/T1 signals from the


BSC

Table 10-7 describes the mapping between the 100-ohm twisted pair cables (W1 and W2) and
the pins of the DB44 connector.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Table 10-7 Mapping between the twisted pair cables and the pins of the DB44 connector
Twisted Pair Cable W2
Pin of X1
Connector

Pin of X2
Connector

38

38

23

23

37

37

22

22

36

36

21

21

35

35

20

20

34

34

19

19

33

33

18

18

32

32

17

17

31

31

16

16

Shell

Shell

Remarks

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

Braid

Twisted Pair Cable W1


Pin of X1
Connector

Pin of X2
Connector

15

15

30

30

14

14

29

29

13

13

28

28

12

12

27

27

11

11

26

26

10

10

25

25

24

24

Shell

Shell

Remarks

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

PAIR

Braid

NOTE

As listed in Table 10-7, PAIR indicates a pair of twisted pair cables, and Braid indicates the outer shielding
layer of the twisted pair cable.

Installation Position
The two DB44 connectors at one end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable are fixed
to the active and standby boards (GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT/GEHUB/GEPUG). The other
end of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable is connected to the DDF, and then to other
NEs through a transmission device. Alternatively, the other end of the active/standby 120-ohm
twisted pair cable is directly connected to an NE.
Figure 10-4 shows the installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable.

10-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-4 Installation position of the active/standby 120-ohm twisted pair cable
DDF

120-ohm twisted pair


cable (active/standby)

EIUa

EIUa

DB44
connector
E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31)
E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(0~7)

E1/T1(8~15)

E1/T1(16~23) E1/T1(24~31)

DB44
connector

PARC

PARC

10.3 Inter-GTNU Cable


The inter-GTNU cable is an optional signal cable. The number of inter-GTNU cables to be
configured depends on site requirements. The inter-GTNU cable is used to connect the GTNUs
in different subracks.

Appearance
Figure 10-5 shows the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-5 Inter-GTNU cable

(1) DB14

(2) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables)

(3) Main label (identifying the BOM code, version, and


information about the cable manufacturer)

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Installation Position
The two DB14 connectors at one end of the cable are fixed to the active and standby GTNUs in
one subrack. The two DB14 connectors at the other end of the cable are fixed to the active and
standby GTNUs in another subrack.
Figure 10-6 shows the installation position of the inter-GTNU cable.
Figure 10-6 Installation position of the inter-GTNU cable

Inter-GTNU cable

TNM0

TNM0

TNM1

TNM1
TNM4

TNM5

TNM5

PARC

PARC

PARC

PARC

Active

Standby

Active

Standby

A subrack

DB14
connectors

TNM3

TNM2
TNM3

TNM5

TNM4

TNM2
TNM3

TNM5

TNM4

TNM2

TNM0

TNUa

TNM1

TNUa

TNM0
TNM2
TNM4

TNM3

DB14
connectors

TNUa

TNM1

TNUa

B subrack

10.4 LC/PC-LC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable


The LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
10-12

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It can also be used to connect two GOIUTs. It
transmits optical signals.
NOTE

One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.
The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.

CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect
telecommunications equipment.

Appearance
Figure 10-7 shows the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-7 LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

LC/PC optical connector

Installation Position
One end of the optical cable is connected to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/GOGUA/
GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable is connected to the ODF, and is then connected to
other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly connected to an NE. This cable can also
be used to connect two GOIUTs.
Figure 10-8 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical
cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-8 Installation position of the LC/PC-LC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

LC/PC optical connector

GOIUa

RX
TX

ODF

TESTOUT

2M1 2M0

LOS

PARC

10.5 LC/PC-FC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable


The LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE

10-14

One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.
The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect
telecommunications equipment.

Appearance
Figure 10-9 shows the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-9 LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

FC/PC optical connector

Installation Position
One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/
GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an FC/PC connector is fixed
to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked
to an NE.
Figure 10-10 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode
optical cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-15

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-10 Installation position of the LC/PC-FC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

FC/PC optical connector

OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX

ODF

TX

TESTOUT 2M1 2M0

LOS

PARC

10.6 LC/PC-SC/PC Single-Mode/Multimode Optical Cable


The LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable is an optional cable in the BSC. The
number of LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cables to be configured depends on
actual requirements. This cable is used to connect the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT/
GOGUA/GOGUB to the ODF or to other NEs. It transmits optical signals.
NOTE

10-16

One end of the optical cable connected to the board on the BSC side uses an LC/PC optical connector.
The other end of the optical cable can use an LC/PC, FC/PC, or SC/PC connector as required.

In practice, two optical cables form one pair. Both ends of each cable in the pair should be attached
with temporary labels. If one end of the cable is connected to the TX port, the other end should be
connected to the RX port, and vice versa.

The TX and RX ends of each optical cable must be connected correctly. Otherwise, signal transmission
may fail.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

CAUTION
To prevent signal attenuation and optical return loss as well as to improve transmission quality,
you should not use single-mode optical cables and multimode optical cables together to connect
telecommunications equipment.

Appearance
Figure 10-11 shows the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable.
Figure 10-11 LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

SC/PC optical connector

Installation Position
One end of the optical cable with an LC/PC connector is fixed to the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/
GOIUT/GOGUA/GOGUB. The other end of the optical cable with an SC/PC connector is fixed
to the ODF, and is then linked to other NEs through a transmission device, or is directly linked
to an NE.
Figure 10-12 shows the installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode
optical cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-17

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-12 Installation position of the LC/PC-SC/PC single-mode/multimode optical cable

LC/PC optical connector

SC/PC optical connector

OIUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

RX

ODF

TX

TESTOUT 2M1

2M0

LOS

PARC

10.7 Crossover Cable


The crossover cable is an optional Ethernet cable. The number of crossover cables to be
configured depends on site requirements.

Appearance
Figure 10-13 shows the crossover cable.

10-18

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-13 Crossover cable


B
8
1
X2

X1
B

Pin Assignment
Table 10-8 describes the pins at both ends of the crossover cable.
Table 10-8 Pins at both ends of the crossover cable
X1 End

Wire Color

X2 End

Wire Color

X1-1

White and orange

X2-1

White and green

X1-2

Orange

X2-2

Green

X1-3

White and green

X2-3

White and orange

X1-4

Blue

X2-4

Blue

X1-5

White and blue

X2-5

White and blue

X1-6

Green

X2-6

Orange

X1-7

White and brown

X2-7

White and brown

X1-8

Brown

X2-8

Brown

10.8 Straight-Through Cable


The straight-through cable is a mandatory Ethernet cable for the BSC. The number of straightthrough cables to be configured depends on actual requirements.
When the BSC is configured with the GBAM, the straight-through cable is used to connect:
l

The GSCU to the GBAM

The GBAM to the LAN switch

The LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN)

The LAN switch to the LMT computer of the BSC

The LAN switch to the CBC

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-19

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

When the BSC is configured with the GOMU, the straight-through cable is used to connect:
l

Connect the GSCUs in different subracks

The GOMU to the LAN of the customer

The GXPUM to the CBC

Appearance
Figure 10-14 shows the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-14 Straight-through cable
B
8
1
X1

X2

Pin Assignment
Table 10-9 describes the pins at both ends of the straight-through cable.
Table 10-9 Pins at both ends of the straight-through cable

10-20

X1 End

Wire Color

X2 End

Wire Color

X1-1

White and orange

X2-1

White and orange

X1-2

Orange

X2-2

Orange

X1-3

White and green

X2-3

White and green

X1-4

Blue

X2-4

Blue

X1-5

White and blue

X2-5

White and blue

X1-6

Green

X2-6

Green

X1-7

White and brown

X2-7

White and brown

X1-8

Brown

X2-8

Brown

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Installation Position (Configuration Type A)


l

When straight-through cables are used to connect the active and standby GSCUs in the
GMPS to the GBAM, one end of one straight-through cable is connected to the active
GSCU, and the other end of the cable is connected to one internal Ethernet port on the
GBAM. (Both ends of each straight-through cable are RJ45 connectors.) One end of the
other straight-through cable is connected to the standby GSCU, and the other end of the
cable is connected to the other internal Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-15 shows
the installation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-15 Connections between the GSCUs and the GBAM

GSCU

GSCU

RE
SE
LINK
ACT T
0
1
2
3

RE
SE
LINK
ACT T
0
1
2
3

LINK
ACT

Straight-through cable

LINK
ACT

4
5
6
7

4
5
6
7

LINK
ACT

LINK
ACT

COM

8
9
10
11

COM

8
9
10
11

Active

Straight-through cable

Standby

GMPS

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GBAM to the LAN switch, one end
of the cable is connected to port 2 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is
connected to an external Ethernet port on the GBAM. Figure 10-16 shows the installation
position of the straight-through cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-21

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-16 Connection between the GBAM and the LAN switch
Port 2

Straight-through cable

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the M2000 (LAN),
one end of the cable is connected to port 24 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the
cable is connected to the M2000 (LAN). Figure 10-17 shows the installation position of
the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-17 Connection between the LAN switch and the M2000 (LAN)

M2000

Straight-through cable
Port 24

Quidway
S3500 Series

LAN switch

10-22

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the BSC LMT
computer, one end of the cable is connected to port 22 on the LAN switch, and the other
end of the cable is connected to the BSC LMT computer. Figure 10-18 shows the
installation position of the straight-through cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-18 Connection between the LAN switch and the BSC LMT computer

LMT

Straight-through cable
Port 22
Quidway
S3500 Series

LAN switch

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the LAN switch to the CBC, one end
of the cable is connected to port 20 on the LAN switch, and the other end of the cable is
connected to the corresponding Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-19 shows the
installation position of the straight-through cable.
Figure 10-19 Connection between the LAN switch and the CBC

CBC

Straight-through cable
Port 20
Quidway
S3500 Series

LAN switch

Installation Position (Configuration Type B)


l

The Straight-through cable is used to connect the GSCUs in different subracks.


Figure 10-20 shows the installation position of the Straight-through cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-23

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-20 Installation position of the Straight-through cable between the GSCUs

GSCU

GSCU

RUN
ALM
ACT

RUN
ALM
ACT

RESET

RESET

LINK
ACT

RUN
ALM
ACT

RESET

RESET
LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

3
LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

4
10/100/1000BASE-T

3
LINK
ACT

LINK
ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

LINK
ACT

LINK
ACT

LINK
ACT

7
LINK
ACT

10

10

10

10

11

11

11

11

CLKIN

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

PARC

PARC

PARC

PARC

Active

Standby

Active

Standby

CLKIN

CLKIN

CLKIN

COM

COM

COM

COM

A subrack

10-24

GSCU

RUN
ALM
ACT

LINK
ACT

GSCU

LIN
K
ACT

LINK
ACT

BSC
Straightthrough
cable

B subrack

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GOMU to the LAN of the customer,
one end of the cable is connected to port 0 or port 1 on the GOMU, and the other end of
the cable is connected to the Ethernet port of the LAN of the customer. Figure 10-21 shows
the installation position of the straight-through cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-21 Connection between the GOMU and the LAN of the customer
POMU

OMUb

Office LAN

NOTE

The number of Ethernet cables used to connect the active and standby GOMUs to the LAN of the
customer can be two or four, depending on the customer's requirement.
l

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

When the straight-through cable is used to connect the GXPUM to the CBC, one end of
the cable is connected to the Ethernet port on the GXPUM panel, and the other end of the
cable is connected to an Ethernet port of the CBC. Figure 10-22 shows the installation
position of the straight-through cable.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-25

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-22 Connection between the GXPUM and the CBC

XPUa

RUN
ALM
ACT

CBC

LINK
ACT

1
2

10/100/1000BASE-T

PARC

10.9 BITS Clock Signal Cable


The BITS clock signal cable is an optional clock cable. The number of BITS clock cables to be
configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit BITS clock signals to
the GGCU in the GMPS. Based on the impedance, the BITS clock signal cable is classified into
75-ohm coaxial clock cable and 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

10-26

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Appearance
Figure 10-23 shows the 75-ohm coaxial clock cable.
Figure 10-23 75-ohm coaxial clock cable
1

(1) SMB connector

(2) Label

Figure 10-24 shows the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.


Figure 10-24 120-ohm clock conversion cable
2

(1) SMB connector

(2) Label

NOTE

There are two SMB connectors at one end of the 120-ohm clock conversion cable. Only one SMB connector
is used. The other SMB connector is bound on the wire bushing with a cable tie. Pay attention to the
connection when using the 120-ohm clock conversion cable.

Installation Position
One end of the BITS clock signal cable is connected to the CLKIN0 or CLKIN1 port on the
GGCU panel, and the other end is connected to the BITS clock port.
Figure 10-25 shows the installation position of the BITS clock signal cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-27

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-25 Installation position of the BITS clock signal cable


BITS
clock

GCUa

BITS
clock

RUN
ALM
ACT

RUN
ALM
ACT

0
1

CLKOUT

0
1

5
6

PARC

Active

CLKLIN1 CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT

CLKLIN1 CLKLIN0 TESTIN TESTOUT

COM1 COM0

COM1 COM0

CLKOUT

GCUa

PARC

Standby

10.10 Y-Shaped Clock Cable


The Y-shaped clock cable is an optional clock cable. The number of Y-shaped clock cables to
be configured depends on actual requirements. This cable is used to transmit the 8 kHz clock
signals from the GGCU in the GMPS to the GSCU in the GEPS.
NOTE

You need not use the Y-shaped clock cable if the GEPS is not configured in the BSC.

Appearance
Figure 10-26 shows the Y-shaped clock cable.

10-28

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-26 Y-shaped clock cable


2

8
W2
8
1
X1

X2

W1
8
1

W3
X3
(1) Label (identifying a group of twisted pair cables)

(2) RJ45 connector

Installation Position
One end of the Y-shaped clock cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the GSCU in the GEPS.
The other end with two RJ45 connectors is fixed to the active and standby GGCUs in the GMPS.
Figure 10-27 shows the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-29

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-27 Installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable

RUN

RUN

ALM

ALM

ACT

ACT

RESET

RESET

LINK
ACT

Y-shaped
clock cable

LINK
ACT

3
LINK
ACT

RUN
ALM

ACT

ACT

10/100/1000BASE-T

10/100/1000BASE-T

RUN
ALM

CLKOUT

LINK
ACT

11

11

CLKIN

CLKIN

TESTOUT

TESTOUT

PARC

PARC

Active

Y-shaped
clock cable

Standby

COM
0

10

COM
1

10

CLKLIN CLKLIN TESTI TESTOU


1
0
N
T

COM
1

COM

COM

COM
0

LINK
ACT

CLKLIN CLKLIN TESTI TESTOU


1
0
N
T

LINK
ACT

GCUa

GCUa

SCUa

CLKOUT

SCUa

PARC

PARC

Active

Standby

GEPS

GMPS

10.11 Signal cable of the alarm box


The signal cable of the alarm box is a type of signal cables. It comes in multiple specifications.
You can choose one based on actual requirements. The signal cable of the alarm box is used to
transmit the alarm information of the system to the alarm box for audible and visual display.

10-30

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Appearance
One end of the signal cable is an RJ45 connector, and the other end is a DB9 or DB25 connector.
Use the DB9 or DB25 connector in accordance with the site survey report. The following
description takes the alarm box signal cable with a DB9 connector as an example.
Figure 10-28 shows the alarm box signal cable.
Figure 10-28 Alarm box signal cable
C

A
A

1
RJ45 crystal connector

DB9 connector

Pin Assignment
Table 10-10 describes the pins of the alarm box signal cable.
Table 10-10 Pins of the alarm box signal cable
RJ45

DB9

Installation Position
One end of the signal cable with an RJ45 connector is fixed to the input serial port of the alarm
box. The other end of the signal cable with a DB9 or DB25 connector is fixed to the serial port
on the LMT.
Figure 10-29 shows the installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box.
Figure 10-29 Installation position of the signal cable of the alarm box
Alarm box

LMT
Serial port
Alarm input
serial port

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-31

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10.12 PDB monitoring signal cable


The power distribution box (PDB) monitoring signal cable is used to transmit monitoring signals
from the PDB to the service subracks.

Appearance
Figure 10-30 shows the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 10-30 PDB monitoring signal cable
A

B
Pos.1

Pos.1
A
Pos.9

SHELL X1

B
Pos.15

X2 SHELL

Label

The PDB monitoring signal cable uses a DB9 connector at one end and a DB15 connector at the
other end.
Table 10-11 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Table 10-11 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Start Point

End Point

Meaning

Remarks

X1.1

X2.3

Tx+

Twisted pair

X1.2

X2.2

Tx-

X1.3

X2.7

Rx+

X1.4

X2.6

Rx-

X1.5

X2.5

RTN

X1.SHELL

X2.SHELL

X1.SHELL is
connected to
X2.SHELL through
the shielding layer.

Twisted pair

Table 10-12 describes the pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable.

10-32

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Table 10-12 Pins of the PDB monitoring signal cable


Signal Label

Pin Assignment

Tx+

Positive phase signal transmitted

Tx-

Negative phase signal transmitted

Rx+

Positive phase signal received

Rx-

Negative phase signal received

Installation Position
One end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB15 connector is fixed to the service
subrack port on the PDB. The other end of the PDB monitoring signal cable with a DB9 connector
is fixed to the MONITOR socket on the metal shielding board of the subrack that is located at
the bottom of the BSC cabinet.
Figure 10-31 shows the installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable.
Figure 10-31 Installation positions of the PDB monitoring signal cable
Port connecting the power
distribution box to a service subrack
Power
distribution box

PDB monitoring
signal cable

Service subrack

MONITOR

NOTE

When a cabinet is configured with multiple subracks, you should configure the subracks from bottom to
top. Therefore, the PDB monitoring signal cable is always connected to the subrack at the bottom of the
cabinet.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-33

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10.13 EMU RS485 communication cable


The RS485 communication cable is used for the communication between the BSC and the EMU.

Appearance
Figure 10-32 shows the RS485 communication cable.
Figure 10-32 RS485 communication cable
C

A
A

1
RJ45 crystal connector

DB9 connector

Pin Assignment
Table 10-13 lists the pins of the RS485 communication cable.
Table 10-13 Pins of the RS485 communication cable
RJ45

DB9

Installation Position
One end of the RS485 communication cable with a DB9 male connector is fixed to the DB9
socket on the environment monitoring device. The other end of the RS485 communication cable
with an RJ45 connector is connected to the COM1 port on the BSC common power distribution
box or to the J1 port on the BSC high-power distribution box. as shown inFigure 10-33

10-34

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-33 Connecting the cable between the EMU and the power distribution box of the
cabinet

Power distribution box


A

The bottom of EMU-2A

The bottom of EMU-2A

Back

NOTE

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

The EMU inherits all the functions of the EAC. Compared with the EAC, the EMU has a different
hardware structure.

One environment monitoring instrument is delivered with one RS485 signal cable (10 m) and one
RS232 signal cable (2 m). Choose one of the signal cables based on actual needs. RS485 is usually
preferred. Use the Ethernet cable as a substitute if the delivered signal cable is not long enough.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-35

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

10.14 GOMU serial port cable


The GOMU serial port cable is used to connect the GOMU to the local maintenance terminal.

Appearance
Figure 10-34 shows the GOMU serial port cable.
Figure 10-34 GOMU serial port cable
A

Pos.1

Pos.1
B

A
W
Pos.9

X1

X2

Pos.9

Pin Assignment
Both ends of the GOMU serial port cable should use DB9 female connectors. Table 10-14 lists
the pins of the GOMU serial port cable.
Table 10-14 Pins of the GOMU serial port cable
DB9

DB9

Installation Position
One end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the COM serial port on the GOMU. The
other end of the GOMU serial port cable is connected to the serial port on the local maintenance
terminal.

10.15 BSC Power Cable


The BSC power cables are classified into external power cables and internal power cables. The
power cables are mandatory, which consist of -48 V power cables and RTN power cables.
The BSC external power cables need to be installed on site. They are used to lead the power
from the power distribution frame (PDF) to the power distribution box in the BSC. The BSC
internal power cables are installed before delivery. They are used to lead the power from the
power distribution box to each board and module in the BSC.
10-36

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (Common Power Distribution
Box Configured)
Table 10-15 lists the BSC external power cables.
Table 10-15 List of the BSC external power cables
Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit:
mm2)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Power
Distribution
Box)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(PDF)

Quantity

Externa
l -48 V
power
cable

Blue

25/35

Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input of the
BSC6000 cabinet

OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
PDF

2 per cabinet

Externa
l RTN
power
cable

Black

25/35

Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input of the
BSC6000 cabinet

OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
PDF

2 per cabinet

Table 10-16 lists the BSC internal power cables.


Table 10-16 List of the BSC internal power cables
Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit:
mm2)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Power
Distribution
Box)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Subrack)

Quantity

Internal
-48 V
power
cable

Blue

Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input terminal

OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal

2 per subrack

Internal
RTN
power
cable

Black

Cord end
terminal/-48 V
input terminal

OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal

2 per subrack

The BSC external power cable and the BSC internal power cable have the same appearance, as
shown in Figure 10-35.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-37

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-35 BSC external/internal power cable

X1

X2

X1:Cord end terminal

X2:OT terminal

Connections of the Power Cables and PGND Cables (High-Power Distribution Box
Configured)
Table 10-17 List of the BSC external power cables
Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit:
mm2)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Power
Distribution
Box)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(PDF)

Quantity

Externa
l -48 V
power
cable

Blue

25/35

OT terminal/-48
V input of the
BSC6000 cabinet

OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
PDF

2 per cabinet

Externa
l RTN
power
cable

Black

25/35

OT terminal/-48
V input of the
BSC6000 cabinet

OT
terminal/-48 V
output of the
PDF

2 per cabinet

Table 10-18 List of the BSC internal power cables


Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit:
mm2)

Internal
-48 V
power
cable

10-38

Blue

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Power
Distribution
Box)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Subrack)

Quantity

OT
terminal/-48 V
input terminal

OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal

2 per subrack

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit:
mm2)

Internal
RTN
power
cable

Black

10 BSC Cables

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Power
Distribution
Box)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Subrack)

Quantity

OT
terminal/-48 V
input terminal

OT
terminal/-48 V
output
terminal

2 per subrack

Figure 10-36 shows the BSC external power cable or the BSC internal power cable.
Figure 10-36 BSC external/internal power cable

10.16 BSC PGND cable


The BSC PGND cables consist of the PGND cable for the cabinet, inter-cabinet PGND cable,
PGND cable for the power distribution box, PGND cable for the subracks, and PGND cable for
the cabinet door. All these cables are mandatory.
Each BSC cabinet must be configured with one PGND cable for the cabinet. For combined
cabinets, adjacent cabinets should be configured with three inter-cabinet PGND cables. All other
PGND cables are installed before delivery.
NOTE

The same types of PGND cables are used regardless of whether the BSC cabinet is configured with the
common power distribution box or with the high-power distribution box.

Table 10-19 lists the BSC PGND cables.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-39

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Table 10-19 List of the BSC PGND cables


Name

Color

CrossSectional
Area
(Unit: mm2)

Connect
or Type/
Installati
on
Position
(One
End)

Connector
Type/
Installation
Position
(Other End)

Quantity

PGND
cable for
the cabinet

Green and
yellow

25/35

OT
terminal/
grounding
bolt at the
rear of the
BSC
cabinet
top

OT terminal/
PGND output
terminal of the
PDF

1 per cabinet

Intercabinet
PGND
cable

Green and
yellow

OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of
the BSC
cabinet

OT terminal/
PGND busbar of
the BSC cabinet

3 for two
adjacent
cabinets

PGND
cable for
the power
distributio
n box

Green and
yellow

OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of
the BSC
cabinet

OT terminal/
PGND port on
the PDB

1 per power
distribution
box

PGND
cable for
the BSC
subrack

Green and
yellow

OT
terminal/
PGND
busbar of
the BSC
cabinet

OT terminal/
PGND port of the
subrack

2 per subrack

PGND
cable for
the cabinet
door

Green and
yellow

OT
terminal/
grounding
screw on
the base of
the BSC
cabinet

OT terminal/
grounding screw
on the BSC
cabinet door

8 per cabinet

Different types of BSC PGND cables have the same appearance. Figure 10-37 shows the BSC
PGND cable.

10-40

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

10 BSC Cables

Figure 10-37 BSC PGND cable

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10-41

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

11

LEDs on BSC Parts

About This Chapter


This describes the LEDs on the power distribution box and the panels.
11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel
The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel
The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-1

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa) Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel
There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel
There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel
There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel
There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel
There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.

11-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

11.1 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC Common Power


Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box are labeled RUN and
ALM.
Table 11-1 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box.
Table 11-1 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC common power distribution box
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The MDMC is operating and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The MDMC is not operating or not


communicating with the GSCU.

Off

There is no power supply to the MDMC


or the power distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

The power distribution box is faulty. The


ALM LED, however, is always on during
the MDMC self-test. It is an indication
that the ALM LED is functional.

ALM

Red

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.

11.2 LEDs on the Front Panel of the BSC High-Power


Distribution Box
The LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box are labeled RUN and ALM.
Table 11-2 describes the LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box.
Table 11-2 LEDs on the front panel of the BSC high-power distribution box

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for


1s

The PAMU is working and communicating


with the GSCU.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

LED

ALM

Color

Red

Status

Meaning

On for 0.125s and


off for 0.125s

The PAMU is not working or not


communicating with the GSCU.

Off

The PAMU has no power input or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

The power distribution box is faulty. The


ALM LED, however, is always on during the
PAMU self-test. It is an indication that the
ALM LED is functional.

NOTE

When the power distribution box is reset, the RUN and ALM LEDs turn on at the same time. Meanwhile,
the monitoring board is performing self-check. As soon as the self-check is complete, the RUN and ALM
LEDs turn off. Then, the RUN and ALM LEDs normally display the operating status of the power
distribution box.

11.3 LEDs on the GDPUC(DPUa) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUC panel are labeled RUN, ALM, and ACT respectively.
Table 11-3 describes the LEDs on the GDPUC panel.
Table 11-3 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the board


is faulty.

ALM

ACT

11-4

Red

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

11.4 LEDs on the GDPUP(DPUd) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUP panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-4 describes the LEDs on the GDPUP panel.
Table 11-4 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for


1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and


off for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

11.5 LEDs on the GDPUX(DPUc) Panel


The LEDs on the GDPUX panel are RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-5 describes the LEDs on the GDPUX panel.
Table 11-5 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

ALM
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Red

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

LED

ACT

Color

Green

Status

Meaning

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works properly.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

11.6 LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-6 describes the LEDs on the GEHUB/GEPUG panel.
Table 11-6 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

11.7 LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)


Panel
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards
have the same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-7 describes the LEDs on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT panel.

11-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Table 11-7 LEDs on the board


LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

11.8 LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG(FG2a) Panel


The physical boards of the GFGUA, GFGUB, and GFGUG are the same. After being loaded
with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the
same types of LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, ACT, LINK (for Ethernet port), and ACT (for
Ethernet port).
Table 11-8 describes the LEDs on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-8 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off


for 0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the board


is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

ALM

ACT

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Red

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Table 11-9 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GFGUA/GFGUB/GFGUG panel.
Table 11-9 LEDs of the Ethernet ports
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

The link is connected.

Off

The link is disconnected.

Blinking

Data is being transmitted through


the port.

Off

No data is being transmitted


through the port.

ACT

Orange

11.9 LEDs on the GGCU Panel


There are three LEDs on the GGCU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-10 describes the three LEDs on the GGCU panel.
Table 11-10 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

11-8

Red

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

11.10 LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB(GOUa) Panel


The physical boards of the GOGUA and GOGUB are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. These boards have the same types of
LEDs on the panels: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-11 describes the LEDs on the GOGUA/GOGUB panel.
Table 11-11 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

11.11 LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT(OIUa)


Panel
The physical boards of the GOIUA, GOIUB, GOIUP and GOIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. There are four
LEDs on the panel of each of these boards: RUN, ALM, ACT, and LOS.
Table 11-12 describes the LEDs on the GOIUA/GOIUB/GOIUP/GOIUT panel.
Table 11-12 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

RUN

Gree
n

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

LED

ALM

ACT

LOS

Colo
r

Status

Meaning

On

There is power input but the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the board is


faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

Gree
n

On

The board works in active mode.

Off

The board works in standby mode.

Gree
n

On

The STM-1 port does not receive


signals properly.

Off

The STM-1 port receives signals


properly.

Red

11.12 LEDs on the GOMU Panel


There are five LEDs on the GOMU panel: RUN, ALM, ACT, OFFLINE, and HD.
Table 11-13 describes the LEDs on the GOMU panel.
Table 11-13 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading


data.

On

There is power input


but the board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input


or the board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in


active mode.

Off

The board works in


standby mode.

ALM

ACT

11-10

Red

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

OFFLINE

Blue

On

The board can be


removed.

Off

The board cannot be


removed.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The status of the board


is switching.

Blinking

The hard disk is


performing read and
write functions.

Off

The hard disk is not


performing read and
write functions.

HD

Green

11.13 LEDs on the GSCU Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GSCU panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT LEDs, and the
LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-14 describes the LEDs on the GSCU panel.
Table 11-14 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

Table 11-15 describes the LEDs of the Ethernet ports on the GSCU panel.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-11

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

Table 11-15 LEDs of the Ethernet ports


LED

Color

Status

Meaning

LINK

Green

On

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that the link is
connected

Off

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that the link is
disconnected

Blinking

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that there is a data
flow

Off

LEDs of the Ethernet ports,


indicating that there is no data
flow

ACT

Green

11.14 LEDs on the GTNU Panel


There are three LEDs on the GTNU panel: RUN, ALM, and ACT.
Table 11-16 describes the LEDs on the GTNU panel.
Table 11-16 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

11-12

Red

Green

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

11.15 LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI(XPUa) Panel


There are four types of LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel: the RUN, ALM, and ACT
LEDs, and the LEDs of the Ethernet ports.
Table 11-17 describes the LEDs on the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI panel.
Table 11-17 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working.

On for 0.125s and off for


0.125s

The board is loading data.

On

There is power input but the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no power input or the


board is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On or blinking

There is an alarm.

On

The board works in active


mode.

Off

The board works in standby


mode.

ALM

ACT

Red

Green

NOTE

The functions of the GXPUM/GXPUT/GXPUI Ethernet ports are the same as those of the GSCU Ethernet
ports.

11.16 LEDs on the MDMC Panel


There are two LEDs on the MDMC panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-18 describes the LEDs on the MDMC panel.
Table 11-18 LEDs on the board

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the


GSCU, or the board is not working.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11-13

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

11 LEDs on BSC Parts

LED

ALM

Color

Red

Status

Meaning

Off

There is no power supply or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

There is an alarm. When the board is


starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.

11.17 LEDs on the PAMU Panel


There are two LEDs on the PAMU panel: RUN and ALM.
Table 11-19 describes the LEDs on the PAMU panel.
Table 11-19 LEDs on the board
LED

Color

Status

Meaning

RUN

Green

On for 1s and off for 1s

The board is working and


communicating with the GSCU.

On for 0.25s and off


for 0.25s

The board cannot communicate with the


GSCU, or the board is not working.

Off

There is no power supply or the power


distribution box is faulty.

Off

There is no alarm.

On

There is an alarm. When the board is


starting up, the status indicates that the
ALM indicator functions well.

ALM

11-14

Red

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

DIP Switches on BSC Parts

About This Chapter


This describes the DIP switches on the subracks and the boards.
12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack
This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.
12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)
The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC
There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU
There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-1

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

12.1 DIP Switches on the BSC Subrack


This describes the DIP switch on the BSC subrack. The DIP switch on the BSC subrack is used
to define the numbering of the BSC subrack.

Appearance
Figure 12-1 shows the DIP switches on the BSC subrack.
Figure 12-1 DIP switch on the BSC subrack

ON

Meaning of the DIP Bits


The DIP bits are numbered in ascending order from bit 1 to bit 8. ON represents digit 0 and OFF
represents digit 1. Table 12-1 provides the definitions of the bits.
Table 12-1 Definitions of the DIP bits
DIP Bit

Meaning

1 (the least significant bit)

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Subrack number setting bit

Odd parity check bit

Reserved, undefined, generally set to 0 (ON)

8 (the most significant


bit)

For the GMPS, the bit should be set to 1 (OFF).

For the GEPS and GTCS, the bit should be set to 0 (ON).

Bit 8 (the most significant bit) is used to set the startup mode of the GSCU in the subrack. The
definitions of this bit are as follows:
12-2

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

If this bit is set to 0 (the status of the DIP bit is ON), the GSCU is set to Not Start
Automatically. The startup of the GSCU depends on the GOMU. In other words, when the
GSCU is started, it loads data from the GOMU.

If this bit is set to 1 (the status of the DIP bit is OFF), the GSCU is set to Start Automatically.
When the GSCU is started, it checks whether the Flash file is valid. If the Flash file is valid,
the GSCU loads data from the Flash. If the Flash file is invalid, the GSCU loads data from
the GOMU.

Setting Scheme
As the DIP switches use odd parity check, the number of 1s in the eight DIP bits must be an odd
number. The setting should adhere to the following principles:
1.

Set DIP bits 1 through 5 and DIP bit 8.

2.

Set DIP bit 7 to 0.

3.

Count the number of 1s that have been set.


l

If the number of 1s is even, set DIP bit 6 to 1.

If the number of 1s is odd, set DIP bit 6 to 0.

Assume that the subracks are numbered from 0 to 3. For the setting of the DIP switches in this
case, refer to Table 12-2. Subrack 0 should be the GMPS. Subracks 1 to 3 may be the GEPS or
the GTCS.
Table 12-2 Setting of the DIP switches
Subr
ack
No.

DIP Bit
1

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

(ON)

(OFF)

(ON)

(ON)

12.2 DIP Switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG(PEUa)


The physical boards of the GEHUB and GEPUG are the same. After being loaded with different
software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the same types of DIP
switches: S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Figure 12-2 shows the DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG.
Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-3

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Figure 12-2 DIP switches on the GEHUB/GEPUG

S2
S4
S8
S6

8
1

1
8

ON
OFF

OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON

ON S10
OFF

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

NOTE

All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board, and cannot be directly observed
since the sub-board is engaged to the bottom plate with its front side facing the bottom plate.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10, are set from the side. As shown in Figure 12-2, a square
opening is configured respectively between the S2 and the S4, and between the S8 and the S6 for the
operator to operate these switches. Switch S10 is locates at the right lower corner of the sub-board,
therefore it can be operated from the edge of the sub-board.

The DIP switches, S2, S4, S6, and S8, are used to set the protection grounding of the transmitting
ends of E1/T1 links 0 to 31, and S10 is used to set the E1 balanced mode, E1 unbalanced mode,
or T1 working mode. Table 12-3 and Table 12-4 describe S2, S4, S6, S8, and S10.
Table 12-3 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (75-ohm coaxial cable)

12-4

DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 unbalanced
mode (ON, ON)

(0, 0)

Table 12-4 DIP switches on GEHUB/GEPUG (120-ohm twisted pair cable)


DIP
Switch

DIP Bit

Description

Switch Status

Meaning

S2

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 24-31

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 16-23

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 0-7

OFF

S8

1-8

Used to set the protection


grounding of the transmitting
end of E1/T1 links 8-15

OFF

S10

1-2

Work mode switch,


consisting of two DIP bits.

E1 balanced mode
(OFF, ON)

(1, 0)

T1 mode (ON,
OFF)

(0, 1)

NOTE

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

When the signals are transmitted through a 75-ohm coaxial cable in E1 unbalanced mode, set the DIP
switch to ON and ground the TX end. When the signals are transmitted through a 120-ohm twisted pair
cable in E1 balanced mode or T1 mode, set the DIP switch to OFF and do not ground the TX end.

By default, all the DIP switches are set for the transmission in E1 balanced mode. That is, all bits of
S2, S4, S6, and S8 are set to OFF. Bit 1 of S10 is set to OFF and bit 2 of S10 is set to ON.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-5

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

12.3 DIP Switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


(EIUa)
The physical boards of the GEIUA, GEIUB, GEIUP, and GEIUT are the same. After being
loaded with different software, the physical boards perform different functions. They have the
same types of DIP switches: S1, S3, S4, S5, and S6.
Figure 12-3 shows the layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
Figure 12-3 Layout of the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT

ON
OFF

S6
8

ON
OFF

ON
OFF

S1

S5
8

ON
OFF

S4
8

ON
OFF

S3

(1) Sub-board

(2) Bottom plate

CAUTION
All the DIP switches are located on the front side of the sub-board. The front of the sub-board
faces and fits into the bottom plate. Therefore, you should remove the sub-board before setting
the DIP switches.
Table 12-5 describes the DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT.
12-6

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Table 12-5 DIP switches on the GEIUA/GEIUB/GEIUP/GEIUT


DIP
Swit
ch

DIP
Bit

Description

Setting
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Value of
DIP Bit
for 75ohm
Coaxial
Cable

Setting
for 120ohm
Twisted
Pair
Cable

Value
of DIP
Bit for
120ohm
Twiste
d Pair
Cable

S1

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 0-7

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 8-15

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 16-23

ON

OFF

Used to select the


impedance on E1/T1
links 24-31

ON

OFF

1-4

Reserved

S3

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 0-7

ON

OFF

S4

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 8-15

ON

OFF

S5

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 16-23

ON

OFF

S6

1-8

Used to set the


protection grounding of
the transmitting end of
E1/T1 links 24-31

ON

OFF

Table 12-6 describes different switches listed in Table 12-5.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-7

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Table 12-6 Switch types related to the DIP bits


DIP Switch

Description

E1/T1 impedance selection switch

Used to select the logical transmission mode of the


board and to notify the software of the current
transmission mode

Switch used to set the protection


Used to control the grounding of the transmitting end
grounding of the E1/T1 transmitting of the E1/T1 signals:
end
l When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 75ohm coaxial cable in unbalanced transmission
mode, set the DIP bit to ON and ground the TX end.
l

When E1/T1 signals are transmitted through a 120ohm coaxial cable in balanced transmission mode,
set the DIP bit to OFF and ground the TX end.

NOTE

By default, the DIP switches are set in 75-ohm coaxial transmission mode.

The setting for the DIP switches on the active EIUa board must be the same as that for the DIP
switches on the standby EIUa board.

The receiving ends should not be grounded in either balanced or unbalanced modes.

Pay attention to the mapping between the two types of DIP switches.

12.4 DIP Switch on the MDMC


There is a DIP switch labeled S2 on the MDMC.
Figure 12-4 shows the DIP switch on the MDMC.
Figure 12-4 DIP switch on the MDMC
1

S2

ON
OFF

S2 is used to set the address of the MDMC.


To set the address of the MDMC, pull out the MDMC, and then set S2 by referring to Table
12-7.

12-8

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Table 12-7 Setting of S2


Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

1 (the most significant


bit)

ON

ON

ON

4 (the least significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the MDMC must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
12-7.

12.5 DIP Switch on the PAMU


There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 shows the DIP switch on the PAMU.
Figure 12-5 DIP switch on the PAMU

ON

SW1 OFF

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PAMU.
To set the address of the PAMU, pull out the PAMU, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
12-8.
Table 12-8 Settings of SW1

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

1 (the most significant


bit)

ON

ON

ON

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12-9

HUAWEI BSC6000 Base Station Controller GSM-R


BSC Hardware Description

12 DIP Switches on BSC Parts

Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

4 (the least significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PAMU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table
12-8.

12.6 DIP Switch on the PFCU


There is a DIP switch labeled SW1 on the PFCU.
Figure 12-6 shows the DIP switch on the PFCU.
Figure 12-6 DIP switch on the PFCU

1 4

SW1

ON
OFF

SW1 (with four bits) is used to set the address of the PFCU.
To set the address of the PFCU, pull out the fan box, and then set SW1 by referring to Table
12-9.
For how to pull out the fan box, refer to Replacing the BSC Fan Box. After the setting, the
address of the PFCU is 1.
Table 12-9 Settings of S1
Address

DIP Bit

Switch Status

Meaning

SW1

1 (the least significant


bit)

OFF

ON

ON

4 (the most significant


bit)

ON

NOTE

In the BSC, the DIP switch on the PFCU must be set according to the specifications listed in Table 12-9.

12-10

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2010-01-30)

You might also like